Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Aurelia Metals Limited

Aurelia Metals Limited

ami · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker ami
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Aurelia Metals Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
DELIVERING VALUE.
GROWING RETURNS.
FY21 HIGHLIGHTS

RECORD FINANCIAL OUTCOMES

BITD A

 E
g
n

i
y

l

r

e

d

n

169m$

u

d

r

reco

shf o w

a
c
g
n

i
t

a

r

e

p

o

g

137m$

n

stro

Growth in underlying 
NPAT to $57 million

125 %

Robust balance sheet  
underpinning growth projects

OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE

FY21 production guidance  
achieved or outperformed

Record Au-equivalent  
annual production

%~10

Mill throughputs increased

SAFETY AND SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE

Improvement in Total Recordable 

Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)  58%

Improvement in Reportable 
Environmental Incident 
Frequency Rate (REIFR)

82%

2 
2 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021
 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

 
 
 
CONTENTS

FY21 HIGHLIGHTS 

Chairman’s letter 

Managing Director’s report 

COMPANY PROFILE 

The portfolio 

BUSINESS REVIEW 

FY22 outlook 

Strategy progression  

SUSTAINABILITY  

MINERAL RESOURCE AND  
ORE RESERVE STATEMENT 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Directors’ report 

Operations and financial review  

Letter from the Chairman of the 
Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee 

Remuneration report (audited) 

2

4

5

6

8

9

12

14

22

 55

 58

 60

66

84

86

Auditor independence declaration  

108

Statement of profit or loss and  
other comprehensive income 

Statement of financial position 

Statement of changes in equity  

Cashflow statement  

Notes to financial statements 

Director’s declaration 

Independent Auditor’s report 
to the members of Aurelia 
Metals Limited  

SHAREHOLDER  
INFORMATION  

SCHEDULE OF TENEMENT 
INTERESTS 

 109

110

111

112

 113

150

151

160

 162

FAST PACED GROWTH

63 %

Increase in  
mineral resources  
across portfolio

Successful acquisition 
and integration  
of Dargues Mine

NSW

Drilling program to 
expand and extend 
Federation, Dargues, 
Kairos and Great Cobar

DARGUES

Hera Mine, NSW

AURELIA METALS 

 3

CHAIRMAN’S LETTER

Dear Shareholders,

During this extraordinary time for markets and communities around the world, being a trusted, sustainable and positive presence 
has never been more important. The COVID-19 pandemic, evolved over the past 12 months to present unprecedented challenges 
for all business, and ours has been no exception. These challenges have spanned border closures and labour supply, service 
providers and supply chains, as well as trade with China and shipping shortages. 

It is against this backdrop that Aurelia 
continued to build on its reputation of 
being a disciplined operator, putting 
safety of our people and communities 
first, managing risk to create resilience 
within our business, and executing  
our organic and inorganic growth 
strategies to deliver long term returns  
to our Shareholders.

Aurelia continues to match the very 
strong geological perspectivity of our 
assets with a material commitment 
to exploration. Drilling programs are 
underway to extend untapped potential 
at Peak’s Kairos orebody, as well as to 
expand mine life at Dargues.

Aligned with our Vision and Values, we 
are proud to be accelerating priority 

Highlights for the financial year have included:

 — 58% decrease in Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

 — 82% decrease in total reportable environmental incidents frequency rate (TREIFR)

 — 63% increase in Mineral Resources 

 — growth in our asset base from two to three gold and base metal operations 

 — record financial performance in FY21 with revenue from operations totalling  

$416 million, an increase of 26% from the previous year

 — Net Profit After Tax of $43 million, representing a 46% improvement on FY20 

 — maintained our strong balance sheet with $75 million cash in the bank as of  
30 June 2021, after repayment of $16 million in debt and cash backing  
of environmental bonds

 — reinvestment of $20.6 million in growth capital through exploration  

and evaluation.

Our financial discipline has enabled the 
Board to re-invest back into the business 
and set Aurelia up for its next exciting 
chapter. For this reason, the Board 
decided not to pay a dividend this  
year, instead electing to accelerate 
towards growth. 

Our investment focus has been to 
deploy cash into opportunities that will 
deliver superior returns to Shareholders. 
In FY21 we invested in both organic 
and inorganic growth, resulting in the 
successful acquisition and integration 
of the Dargues Mine and delivery of a 
remarkable 63% increase in Minerals 
Resources across the portfolio. 

Aurelia enjoys an enviable organic growth 
pipeline - with Federation shaping up to 
be one of the most exciting polymetallic 
discoveries in recent times and Great 
Cobar emerging as a significant near 
mine, undeveloped copper resource. 

sustainability initiatives as we aim to 
deliver business and stakeholder value 
across all aspects of the Company. FY21 
saw us focus on lead indicators resulting 
in Aurelia significantly outperforming our 
lag safety and environmental targets. 
Whilst there is more work to do, these 
achievements reflect strong leadership 
and group wide discipline which is  
a credit to the entire Aurelia team. 

We are also pleased to introduce 
Shareholders to our 3-year Sustainability 
Plan, which outlines milestones the 
Company is committed to delivering 
against over coming years. With a 
focus on ensuring sustainability being 
embedded in our strategy, plans and 
business decisions, Aurelia’s efforts in 
FY22 will be on continuous improvement 
in the areas of safety (including gender 
safety), wellbeing, environmental and 
community management, and responsible 
stewardship of natural resources. 

We also continue to work towards 
implementing and reporting against a 
GRI framework and managing climate 
change risks. We value the trusted 
partnerships we are continuing to grow 
with Traditional Owners and communities 
in the areas in which we operate. We are 
grateful for their support.

FY21 saw our dedicated people go 
above and beyond in their steadfast 
commitment to our business and 
communities. Many of our leaders, 
employees and contractors have been 
separated from families due to border 
restrictions and have faced hardships  
that have become hallmarks of the 
COVID-19 pandemic. On behalf of  
the Board, I would like to offer my  
sincere appreciation. 

Finally I would like to gratefully 
acknowledge the strong contribution our 
former Chairman, Cobb Johnstone made 
to this Company ahead of his retirement 
due to ill health earlier this year.

It has been an honour to serve Aurelia 
Shareholders during this interim 
period and I would like to thank you 
for your support. I will step down as 
interim Chairman following the recent 
appointment of Peter Botten as 
Non-Executive Director. Peter has 
accepted the Board’s invitation to 
assume the permanent role of Chairman. 
I extend a warm welcome to Peter.

Whilst we are living through uncertain 
times as COVID-19’s delta strain remains 
active in our community – Aurelia’s 
disciplined approach, together with 
talented people, strong and diverse 
asset base, robust balance sheet and 
exceptional growth pipeline, will serve 
us well. 

Thank you for your interest and support.

Susan Corlett

Interim Independent  
Non-Executive Chairman

4 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

MANAGING DIRECTOR’S REPORT

Looking back on FY21, I’m pleased to report our performance against our strategic 
priorities has significantly moved the Company towards our next growth stage.

Sustainable progression 

I am proud to say the continued 
deployment of our Aurelia Metals – 
Safe Metals’ framework has resulted 
in a 58% improvement in our Total 
Recordable Injury Frequency Rate. 
It is a fantastic achievement given 
the addition of another mine to the 
portfolio. Our commitment to safety 
has never been stronger in the face of 
the evolving COVID-19 pandemic. This 
year we continued to protect our people 
and communities with strict COVID-19 
protocols, while wrapping comprehensive 
crisis management plans around a 
number of scenarios to protect  
our business. 

We are an organisation that aims to 
excel through our people and superior 
performance, and in FY21 we continued 
to invest in our most important asset. 
Aurelia conducted workshops across the 
business to develop leaders’ capability 
to engage employees, lift performance 
and motivate discretionary effort. The 
workshops were also a vehicle to launch 
the Company’s new Vision and Strategy, 
as well as a set of Values. Together they 
are a powerful means to align Aurelia 
people to our plan to deliver and  
create value. 

Our maturing approach to sustainability 
has also delivered a significant uptick 
in our environmental performance 
with an 82% reduction in Reportable 
Environmental Incident Frequency Rate. 
Additional measures were also taken this 
year in the areas of workplace diversity 
and climate change, and I look forward  
to reporting progress in coming years.

Maximise existing infrastructure  
and assets

I am pleased to report a strong set of 
physical and financial results despite 
the ongoing external challenges. In 
FY21, Aurelia maintained its focus on 
generating cash, increasing margins  
and diversifying our asset base. Our 
efforts saw the Company meet or 
outperform guidance with records  
set at multiple levels. 

Full year group production increased 
across all commodities, with the 
exception of copper. This result drove a 
record group gold-equivalent production 
of 181,000 ounces, at a Group All In 
Sustaining Cost of $1,337 per ounce. 

Finally, drilling at the newly integrated 
Dargues Mine saw a 33% growth in 
Mineral Resource Estimate tonnage 
primarily in gold with more drilling 
planned in FY22 to expand and extend 
mine life.

With prior investment into the Peak 
processing facility and significant 
improvements in throughput across our 
mills, the Company’s ability to generate 
cash from operations improved 24% to 
$136.6 million compared with $110.5 
million in FY20.

Other records achieved were a 69% 
increase in Underlying Earnings 
Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and 
Amortisation (EBITDA) at $168.9 million; 
and EBITDA at $154.1 million with a 
margin of 40%, again substantially 
improved from $103.4 million in FY20.

Directing capital to the highest return

Supported by our strong balance sheet 
and an equity raise, Aurelia acquired 
the Dargues Mine in December 2020 
increasing our exposure to gold. 

Our ability to generate cash throughout 
the year also put us in excellent shape to 
fund an extensive drilling program that 
achieved a tremendous 63% increase in 
our Group Mineral Resource tonnage. 

The program continued to prove the high-
grade polymetallic deposit at Federation 
as one of the most thrilling discoveries 
in recent times. With a Scoping Study 
complete, Feasibility Study underway and 
permitting well progressed, we anticipate 
early works from the beginning of FY22 
which will be funded from operating  
cash flows. 

Similarly, surface drilling results at Peak 
Mine indicated increased gold resources 
and significant copper potential at Great 
Cobar. A further increase in the Mineral 
Resource Estimate (MRE) tonnage was 
also achieved at Kairos. Aurelia moved to 
quickly initiate a Pre-Feasibility Study and 
progress Great Cobar to the next stage, 
together with community consultation on 
an Environmental Impact Statement.

All three prospects present organic 
growth at its best and have the potential 
to add significant value to a portfolio that 
is gold dominant, with high value base 
assets and copper ready.

Deliver long term value and 
returns growth

It has been a productive year with 
excellent gains made towards delivering 
in the short term, while investing for 
long term value. 

I am disappointed our share price 
has not reflected our operational 
and financial performance. That 
said, I believe we are about 
to enter an exciting time at 
Aurelia where we can grow 
returns to our Shareholders and 
share prosperity with everyone 
who has a stake in our success.

Through maximising our existing 
assets, prudently deploying 
investment capital and ensuring our 
growth is sustainable, we have laid the 
foundation for a strong future. 

Dan Clifford

Managing Director

AURELIA METALS 

 5

COMPANY PROFILE

About Aurelia Metals Limited

About This Report

This Annual Report is a summary of Aurelia Metals 
Limited and its subsidiaries’ operations, activities and 
financial position at 30 June 2021.

Aurelia is committed to reducing the environmental 
impact associated with the production of the Annual 
Report, and printed copies are only posted to 
Shareholders who have elected to receive a printed copy.

Current and previous Annual Reports are available on the 
Company’s website: www.aureliametals.com.au.

Aurelia Metals Limited (‘Aurelia’ or the ‘Company’) is an 
Australian gold and base metals mining and exploration 
company. Aurelia owns and operates three underground 
mines and processing facilities in New South Wales:

 — Peak Mine – gold, lead, zinc, copper and silver

 — Hera Mine – gold, lead, zinc and silver

 — Dargues Mine – gold

Aurelia’s highly prospective tenement holdings enable the 
Company to advance exploration and evaluation activities, 
with preeminent near-term development projects including:

 — Federation Project, located in the vicinity of the Hera 

Mine – zinc, lead, gold, copper and silver

 — Great Cobar, located in the vicinity of the Peak Mine – 

copper and gold.

Aurelia is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange  
(ASX: AMI) and is headquartered in Brisbane  
(Queensland, Australia).

CERTAINTY
We plan and execute well

COURAGE
We step up

OUR VALUES

INTEGRITY
We do what’s right

PERFORMANCE
We own the result

6 
6 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021
 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

"Aurelia’s highly 
prospective 
tenement holdings 
enable the Company 
to advance 
exploration and 
evaluation activities.”

Dargues Mine, NSW

AURELIA METALS 

 7

Cobar

Great Cobar

BARRIER HIGHWAY

Canbelego

Peak
Gold
Mines

Y
A
W
N
A
M
D
K

I

LEGEND

Processing Facility

Operating Mine

Development Target

Tenement Holding

Road

Locality

C
A
N
B
E
L
E
G
O

R
O
A
D

PRIORY TANK ROAD

Nymagee

Hera

B

A

L

O

W

R

A

R

O

A

D

Federation

D
A
O
D R
O
O
W

GLEN

Hera-Federation 
Complex

NSW

Cobar

Nymagee

Peak Mine

Sydney

Canberra

Dargues Mine

THE PORTFOLIO

Three cashflow producing assets 
concentrated in NSW with a focus on gold.

K

I

N

G

S

H

I

G

H

W

A

Y

D

A ROA
NERRIG

LEGEND

Processing Facility

Operating Mine

Development Target

Tenement Holding

Road

Locality

BOMBAY ROAD

Braidwood

L

T

L I T

E   R I V E R   R O A D

KINGS HIGHWAY

A

R

A

L

U

E

N

R

O

A

D

D

A

O

A   R

M

O

O

C

D
A
O
R
K
E
E
R
C
S
R
O
J
A
M

Dargues Reef

Majors creek

Araluen

8 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BUSINESS REVIEW

Strategy and Business Model

Aurelia’s strategy is underpinned by  
its core Values. 

Our Values guide the way our employees  
work to ensure the safety and wellbeing of  
our people and communities, and how we 
work to the benefit of our Shareholders and 
the communities in which we operate. Aurelia 
is committed to minimising environmental and 
carbon impacts at our operating mine sites  
and in planning for the development of  
new projects. 

Aurelia’s objective is to maximise returns 
from its producing assets while advancing 
exploration and development projects  
with the potential to sustain and grow  
the business in the long-term. Fundamental 
to these activities is the Company’s 
contribution as a trusted, valued and 
sustainable mine operator. 

“Our essence will 
be our people 
and superior 
performance." 

AURELIA METALS 

 9

KEY FINANCIAL OUTCOMES

Group Financial Measure

Revenue

Net profit after tax

Underlying net profit after tax

Operating cashflow

EBITDA

Underlying EBITDA

Underlying EBITDA margin

Unit

$’m

$’m

$’m

$’m

$’m

$’m

%

FY21

416.5

42.9

57.4

FY20

331.8

29.4

25.6

136.6

110.5

154.1

168.6

40

103.4

99.6

30

% Change

+26

+46

+125

+24

+49

+69

+33

10 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

OUR VISION

A mining business recognised for creating exceptional value through our people and a portfolio of gold and base metals assets. 

Our Strategy

Simple, durable and returns focused

Sustainable 
progression

Maximise existing 
infrastructure and assets

Direct capital to  
the highest return

 — An organisation that excels through  
our people and superior performance

 — Leverage off a strategic asset base  
in the Cobar Basin and regional NSW

 — A trusted, sustainable and  
beneficial presence in the areas in 
which we operate

 — Maximise returns via life  
extensions and operating  
discipline driving margin

 — Growth profile underpinned by 
financial discipline and tension  
for the $’s deployed

 — Gold dominant, high value asset  

base, ‘copper ready’

Deliver long term value and returns growth

 — 4 – 5 mine asset portfolio continuously driving Group cost and Reserve improvement

 — Cycle proofed mine lives and commodity mix

Our Values

Integrity

Certainty

Courage

Performance

We do what’s right

We plan and execute well

We step up

We own the result

AURELIA METALS 

 11

FY22 OUTLOOK

Central to our business plan is a philosophy of  
continuous improvement that builds upon the  
primary pillars of our business: 

 — health 

 — safety 

 — environment and community 

 — people and organisation 

 — operations 

 — growth, and 

 — and financial outcomes.

We will continue to build upon the significant 
achievements of FY21 and deliver identified  
initiatives in the near term. The FY22 outlook for the  
key production and cost measures in comparison to  
FY21 is summarised below.

Group Measure

Unit

FY22  
Outlook

FY21 
Actual

Gold production

koz

112 – 123

Lead production

Zinc production

Copper production

kt

kt

kt

24.5 – 27.0

31.0 – 34.5

3.5 – 4.0

104

25.9

25.1

4.7

All-In Sustaining  
Costs (AISC)*

$/oz

1,500 – 1,700

1,337

Sustaining capital

Growth capital

Exploration and 
evaluation

$’m

$’m

$’m

61 – 69

16 – 18

28 – 31

48

26

25

* Excerpt from page 10 of FY21 Financial Results 
and Outlook presentation available on the ASX.

* Group AISC is the total of on-site mining, processing and administrative costs, inventory adjustments, royalties, sustaining capital, corporate general  
and administration expense, less by-product credits, divided by gold sold. By-product credits include silver, lead, zinc and copper sales forecast over the  
outlook period.

Estimated FY22 Group AISC of A$1,500 to A$1,700/oz is based on reference base and silver metal prices of: lead A$2,657/t, zinc A$3,533/t, copper 
A$12,012/t and silver A$29.5/oz. Final AISC results will depend on the actual sales volumes, actual operating costs and actual prices of base metals received 
over the outlook period.

Hera Mine, NSW

12 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

GOLD 
(KOZ)

COPPER 
(KT CONT.)

ZINC 
(KT CONT.)

LEAD  
(KT CONT.)

92

104

112-123

6.3

4.7

3.5-4.0

20.1

25.1

31.0-34.5

21.6

FY20

25.9

FY21

24.5-27.0

FY22e

Group gold equivalent 
production (koz Au eq)1

-200

181

+10%

153

+18%

Our Outlook

112-123

104

92

54.3

55.7

65.5

Contained metal

The polymetallic ore 
types extracted from 
the Peak and Hera Mines 
provide significant lead, 
zinc, copper and silver 
by-product credits that 
provide a natural hedge 
for our gold dominant 
asset base. The above 
graphic illustrates the 
significant value of 
the by-product credits 
generated. 

FY20

FY21

FY22e

Payable Gold

Payable Copper / Zinc / Lead / Silver (koz Au eq)

1. FY22e based on mid-point of stated Aurelia Group production and cost guidance and budgeted FY22 precious and base metal prices (plus assumed 
realised gold price of A$2,308/oz, lead A$2,657/t, zinc A$3,533/t, copper A$12,012/t and silver A$29.5/oz); FY21e only includes Dargues contribution from 
point of economic ownership (17 December 2020 onwards). Copper, zinc, lead and silver production is payable metal-in-concentrate volumes (as disclosed in 
Aurelia’s quarterly activities reports) and is converted to gold equivalent payable volumes using realised prices achieved by Aurelia during the specific year 
(as disclosed in Aurelia’s quarterly activities reports) and via the following formula: Payable Cu/Zn/Pb/Ag (koz Au eq) = (Payable Cu produced (kt) * Cu price 
realised (A$/t) + Payable Zn produced (kt) * Zn price realised (A$/t) + Payable Pb produced (kt) * Pb price realised (A$/t) + Payable Ag produced (koz) * Ag 
price realised (A$/oz)) / Au price (A$/t).

AURELIA METALS 

 13

STRATEGY PROGRESSION

Organic growth which will leverage  
existing infrastructure. 

Aurelia has established growth objectives and 
strategies to generate future value and long term 
returns at each of our mine sites. Our strategy 
leverages the benefits of existing infrastructure 
and a prospective tenement holding. 

Our primary internal growth projects are located 
at all of our existing sites.

14 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Hera Mine, NSW

AURELIA METALS 

 15

HERA FEDERATION

Overview

The Hera Mine is a polymetallic underground mining 
operation and associated 450ktpa processing plant, 
located approximately 100km south-east of Cobar, NSW.

FY21 Production

Gold 

Lead 

Zinc 

oz 

t 

t 

31,369

10,064

14,268

Federation to leverage Hera infrastructure

The established Hera Mine is approaching 
the end if its economic life with the 
Ore Reserve expected to be depleted 
in FY23. The Company is therefore 
evaluating development options for the 
nearby Federation deposit that is located 
approximately 10 kilometres south of the 
existing Hera Mine.

The Federation deposit was discovered 
in FY19. The Company has moved swiftly 
to progress exploration and evaluation 
activities. An aggressive exploration program 
will continue into FY22 to improve geological 
confidence in the deposit and test extensions 
in multiple directions. Given the high-grade 
tenor of the deposit, Aurelia considers 
Federation to be one of the most significant 
discoveries in the region in the last 30 years 
(refer to section 3.1 of the Operations and 

Financial Review section of this report 
for further detail).

The proposed development of the 
Federation deposit benefits from 
processing options, including 
established infrastructure and 
footprint of the Hera Mine, as 
well as processing capability 
within trucking distance to 
the Peak Mine. A project 
Feasibility Study (FS) is 
underway and scheduled to 
be completed in mid-FY22. 
Aurelia has also initiated 
baseline surveys, permitting 
and enabling works to 
support the Federation Project 
development. These activities 
will continue in FY22.

16 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

The anticipated development schedule is 
summarised below.

Federation  
Resource Update

North Pod Mine 
Development

Federation 
Discovered

Scoping 
Study

Maiden 
Federation 
Resource

Federation 
Resource 
Update

Federation 
Maiden Ore 
Reserve

CY2018

CY2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Federation Schedule

1HCY21 2HCY21 1HCY22 2HCY22 1HCY23 2HCY23 1HCY24 2HCY24 1HCY25 2HCY25

EIS Preparation and Approval

Feasibility Study (FS)

Exploration Decline

Hera Plant Construction

Development and Early Production

Full Production

 —  Commences once 
approvals received

 —  Either upgrade or  

a new plant

 —  Early production milled 
at Peak and/or Hera

AURELIA METALS 

 17

PEAK MINE

Overview

Peak Mine is comprised of several polymetallic 
underground mines plus an 800ktpa gold and base 
metals processing plant, located in the northern part of 
the Cobar Basin in NSW.

FY21 Production

Gold 

Copper 

Lead 

Zinc 

oz 

t 

t 

t 

57,080

4,720

15,829

10,791

Kairos ramp-up and Great Cobar development

The infrastructure and recently expanded processing facility at 
Peak enables the treatment of various polymetallic ore types 
to produce separate copper, lead and zinc concentrates. Ore is 
processed in campaigns based on the nature of the polymetallic 
mineralisation mined from the different orebodies. 

The volume of ore processed will continue to ramp-up as new 
mining areas are accessed and brought into production, including 
the Kairos lode (gold, lead, copper and zinc) and Chesney deposit 
(copper). Aurelia is also evaluating the development of the Great 
Cobar deposit (copper with minor gold). 

The Kairos lode is situated below the Peak Mine workings with 
access to the orebody and ventilation, and egress development 
completed in late FY21. Kairos stope production commenced in 
June 2021 and will steadily ramp-up in FY22 and FY23 as access 
to the lower and upper portions of the orebody are established. 
The Kairos system remains strongly mineralised and open at 
depth. Infill drilling and extensional diamond drill programs are 
ongoing and will continue in FY22. 

Aurelia is progressing work 
on a Prefeasibility Study 
(PFS) to examine potential 
mining scenarios for the 
Great Cobar deposit that 
is located approximately 
7km north of the Peak 
Mine. The Company plans 
to access the deposit via 
development of an approved 
exploration decline from 
the existing New Cobar 
workings. A recent infill 
drill program supported 
an increase to the Mineral Resource Estimate (MRE) tonnage 
for Great Cobar by 43% to 5.8Mt (refer to ASX announcement 
dated 23 July 2021: Group Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve 
Statement). The updated MRE is being used for mine design 
activities being undertaken for the PFS. The PFS is on schedule to 
be finalised at the end of CY21 and, pending a positive outcome, 
will allow the declaration of a maiden Ore Reserve estimate at 
Great Cobar.

18 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

The anticipated development schedule for Great Cobar is summarised below.

Peak Mine 
Acquired

Kairos 
Discovered

Pb/Zn Mill 
Upgrade 
Completed

First Kairos  
Stoped Ore

Great Cobar 
(GC) Maiden 
Ore Reserve

Mineral Resource 
and Ore Reserve 
(MROR) Update

CY2018

CY2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Great Cobar Schedule

1HCY21 2HCY21 1HCY22 2HCY22 1HCY23 2HCY23 1HCY24 2HCY24 1HCY25 2HCY25

EIS Preparation and Approval

Pre-Feasibility Study (PFS)

Exploration Decline

Mine Development

Production

AURELIA METALS 

 19

DARGUES MINE

Overview

Production

Period from 17 Dec 2020 to 30 June 2021

Dargues Mine is a gold mining and milling operation 
located in the southern tablelands of New South 
Wales, approximately 60 km south-east of Canberra. It 
comprises an underground mine, processing plant and 
associated surface facilities.

Ore Processed 

Gold Grade 

Gold Recovery 

Gold Production 

kt 

g/t 

% 

oz 

170,804

2.93

93.5

15,186

Dargues integration and ramp-up

Following the acquisition of 
Dargues Mine on 17 December 
2020, the Company successfully 
integrated the new asset into its 
portfolio and continued efforts to 
ramp up the asset. Given Aurelia’s 
investment thesis that the asset was 
underdrilled, an immediate priority 
was the Phase 1 drill program. 
The program comprised a surface 
drilling campaign to extend the 
known limits of the deposit and 
an underground infill diamond 
drilling program to better define 
the deposit, improve confidence in 
the MRE and inform the new grade 
control model. These programs have 
been successful and have informed 

the Phase 2 drill program that will 
test areas along strike to the west 
of the Main Lode and to the east of 
Plums Lode that have sparse  
drilling results.

Findings from the drill programs 
and mine planning activities 
will be incorporated into 
environmental assessments 
that are expected to 
underpin regulatory 
approvals that seek to 
increase the approved 
mine life and annual ore 
processing rates at the 
Dargues Mine.

20 
20 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021
 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Integration 
achieved

New MROR 
Estimates

Nameplate Mine 
Throughout 
Achieved

MROR 
Update

Phase 2 
Drilling

Phase 1 
Drilling

Dargues 
Mine 
Acquired

CY2018

CY2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Potential Expansion Schedule

1HCY21 2HCY21 1HCY22 2HCY22 1HCY23 2HCY23 1HCY24 2HCY24 1HCY25 2HCY25

Phase 1 Drilling – infill  
and extensional

Phase 2 Drilling – extensional

Environmental assessments  
and regulatory approval

Further detail on our operations and growth projects are detailed in the Operations and Financial Review section of this report.

AURELIA METALS 
AURELIA METALS 

 21
 21

SUSTAINABILITY

Material Topics

Our Approach to Sustainability

Building and maintaining a trusted, sustainable, and 
beneficial presence in the areas in which we operate is 
essential to Aurelia’s success. Our approach to sustainability 
is aligned with our Vision and Values and aims to deliver 
business and stakeholder value across all aspects of the 
business from exploration to closure. We are embedding 
sustainability within our business, and we are committed to:

 — the health and safety of those impacted by our 

operations, including our employees, contractors, and 
host communities

 — environmental stewardship including conservation 
of biodiversity, efficient use of resources, pollution 
prevention and minimisation of environmental impact

 — building resilience to climate change risks  

and minimising and managing greenhouse gas emissions 
and other climate change impacts

 — recognising and respecting the deep connection First 
Nations peoples have with the land and operating in a 
way that protects their cultural heritage

 — building trusting, transparent, and long-term 

relationships with our communities

 — contributing positively to our communities through 

programs that respect their aspirations

 — respecting and promoting human rights

 — applying ethical and transparent business practices, and 

 — complying with applicable laws, regulations, 

licences and commitments. 

Our action in these areas demonstrates our 
commitment to sustainability. To achieve our strategy, 
we recognise the need to continually improve, 
understand, benchmark, and address emerging issues 
of importance to ourselves and our stakeholders. 

Aurelia’s sustainability report aligns with the requirements 
of the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI). A desktop materiality 
assessment was undertaken to identify the issues of 
importance to our stakeholders and business. The material 
topics for FY21 are outlined below and addressed in  
this report.

Sustainability Governance

Board and Sustainability and Risk Committee Oversight

Business Conduct

Risk Management

Sustainability Approach

Modern Slavery

Our People

Health and Safety 

Building a Safety Culture

Fatal Hazards and Critical Control Verification

TRIFR Reduction

COVID-19 Response

Human Resources

Employee Engagement

Remuneration Framework and Performance Cycle

Training and Development

Diversity and Inclusion

Our Communities

Stakeholder Engagement

Local Procurement and Investment

Economic Contribution

First Nations Engagement and Cultural Heritage

Environmental Performance

Climate Change

Tailings and Waste Rock Management

Water Management

22 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Peak Mine, NSW

AURELIA METALS 

 23

SUSTAINABILITY (CONTINUED)

FY21 OBJECTIVES, TARGETS AND PERFORMANCE

Focus

Objective

Targets

Performance / Achievements

Governance

Embed governance 
and oversight 
processes

 — Develop Department-level risk registers
 — No overdue actions for the Senior 

Management Taskforce for Significant 
Incidents

 — Develop HR Governance Practices through 

establishment of ‘The Aurelia Way’ (updated 
and expanded Code of Conduct) which 
incorporates the Code of Conduct and 
supporting policies, standards and procedures

 — Supply chain assessment including modern 

slavery review

 — Group risk register in place 
 — Good progress in moving significant incidents through the taskforce, 
however, there are overdue actions. Nineteen High Potential Risk 
Incidents were taken to the taskforce in FY21.

 — Draft of ‘The Aurelia Way’ (Code of Conduct) prepared for internal review
 — Modern slavery statement including high level supply chain assessment 

undertaken

Improve 
sustainability 
communications

 — Expand depth of sustainability reporting on 
external platforms, including website and 
engagement with stakeholders

 — Increased engagement with stakeholders. Further work required on 

external platforms

Provide support 
systems

 — Integrated Human Resources Framework and 

 — Integrated HR Framework developed and implemented

Human Resources Information System

Safety

No fatalities 
TRIFR reduction

 — Expand on lead indicator program
 — Develop Fatal Hazard Standards accompanied 

 — Lead indicator program in place across the business. At FY end, the 

Group achieved 83% compliance to the program

by Critical Control Verification program

 — Four Fatal Hazard Standards and associated critical control programs 

developed and implemented

 — TRIFR reduction of 21.88 to 9.1 (58% improvement)
 — A number of employees trained in ICAM incident investigation 

techniques

 — Senior Management Taskforce for Significant Incidents to provide 

oversight of investigations into High Potential Risk Incidents and Group 
actions to prevent reoccurrence 

 — Engaged with the workforce on safety through the diversity deep dive

Human 
Resources

Define corporate 
identity

 — Establish and embed Aurelia’s Vision  

 — Aurelia’s Vision and Values were established and continue to be rolled-

and Values

out to our workforce in FY22

Engage employees

 — Implement sustainability actions from Business 

 — All sustainability actions identified in the Business Effectiveness Review 

Effectiveness Review

were resolved/implemented in FY21

 — Complete inaugural Employee Engagement 

 — Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) Deep Dive including D&I Engagement 

Survey

Survey completed

 — Full Employee Engagement Survey to be conducted in FY22 

Attract, retain and 
motivate

 — Sustainability measures included in Short Term 

Incentive Plan (STIP)

 — All employees had sustainability measures of TRIFR, Compliance to the 
Lead Indicator Program and development of Fatal Hazard Standards 
included their Short Term Incentive

Develop talent

 — Implementation of Leadership Development 
Program and competency framework, which 
includes safety leadership

 — The Leadership Capability Program was rolled out to all Superintendents 

and above. Supervisors will be trained in FY22

 — Commenced development of the competency framework through 

establishing skills matrices

Community

Engage with 
community and 
stakeholders

Environment

No significant 
environmental 
incidents

 — Support the communities in which we live 

 — Approximately 40% of Aurelia’s procurement was within our local 

and operate through opportunities for local 
employment, supporting local businesses, and 
participation and support of community events 
and community organisations

 — Conduct community and stakeholder 

engagement in accordance with engagement 
matrix

 — Embed oversight and governance processes 
for critical infrastructure on site (eg. tailings 
storage facility)

 — Implement Green Rules
 — Development of Group Environment Standards 
accompanied by Critical Control Verification 
program

 — Improve the Group Reportable Environmental 

Incident Frequency Rate

regions

 — Approximately $644k was donated to local community events and 

organisations

 — Community engagement conducted as part of proposed developments 
(Great Cobar and Federation). Stakeholder mapping and community 
investment strategy to be completed in FY22

 — All Community Consultation Committees held during COVID-19 through 

alternative platforms

 — As part of the Dargues acquisition, Aurelia undertook targeted 

consultation at all levels resulting in a significant decrease in community 
complaints under our ownership

 — Tailings storage governance and standards are now planned for 

completion in FY22

 — Green Rules implemented
 — Group Hazardous Materials Standard and associated critical control 

program developed and implemented

 — 82% reduction in Group Total Reportable Environmental Incident 

Frequency Rate

Not started

In progress

Complete

24 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

SUSTAINABILITY (CONTINUED)

FY22 OBJECTIVES

Focus

Risk

Safety

Objective

Targets

Establish operational risk register with 
active management of risk profiles

 — Tailings storage governance and standards are now planned for completion in FY22
 — Hazardous materials Group standard and associated critical control program developed and implemented

No fatalities 
TRIFR reduction (9.1 to 7.3) 
No High Potential Recordable Incidents 
(HPRIs) with repeat causes

 — Continued development of Fatal Hazard Standards accompanied by Critical Control Verification program
 — Lead indicator program compliance
 — Develop a Group Contractor Management Standard
 — Continue Senior Management Taskforce for Significant Incidents to assess High Potential Risk Incident 

investigation findings and verify action close-out to prevent reoccurrence

Human 
Resources

Define corporate identity

 — Embed Aurelia’s Vision and Values
 — Launch and train employees in The Aurelia Way (updated Code of Conduct)

Engage employees

 — Complete inaugural Employee Engagement Survey and identify actions including initial priority actions

Attract, retain and motivate

 — Develop and implement a HR strategy to target a reduction in voluntary turnover
 — Extend the Remuneration Framework Grading Structure and Achievement and Development Plans to Trade and 

Operator-level

Develop Talent

 — Continued implementation of Leadership Development Program and 360-degree development plans for 

supervisors and above

 — Develop and implement a strategy to attract, promote and retain diverse talent
 — Establish a succession planning process

Diversity and Inclusion (D&I)

 — Report on outcomes from the D&I Deep Dive Findings to workforce
 — Establish a D&I Working Group 
 — Establish a D&I Strategy and measurable objectives
 — Develop and execute targeted strategy to prevent sexual harassment. Complete priority actions 

Community

Engagement with community and 
stakeholders

 — Finalise stakeholder mapping
 — Re-focus our social investment program

Climate 
change

Reduce carbon footprint

 — Evaluate low emission opportunities during Federation Feasibility Study (FS)
 — Commence Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Project with baseline assessment as first 

stage of a planned pathway towards de-carbonisation

Environment

No significant environmental incidents

 — Develop governance process and standard for tailings 

Dargues Mine, NSW

AURELIA METALS 

 25

SUSTAINABILITY  
GOVERNANCE

Board of Directors 

The composition of Aurelia’s Board of Directors is detailed within the 
Director’s report (page 60-62).

Aurelia has a Board Skills Matrix to capture the current mix of skills, 
competencies and diversity on the Board to assess whether there are any 
areas which need to be strengthened in relation to the Company’s long-
term strategy. The Board aims to ensure Shareholders are provided with 
all information necessary to assess the performance of the Company and 
the Board. Regular investment calls and the Annual General Meeting are key 
engagement mechanisms whereby Aurelia seeks to understand the views of 
Shareholders and disseminate Company information.

Sustainability and Risk Committee 

The Sustainability and Risk Committee assists the Board in matters pertaining 
to sustainability of the Company including safety, health, environment, climate 
change, community relations (social responsibility) and risk management. In 
particular, the Committee is responsible for satisfying itself that measures, 
and systems and controls are in place in relation to managing sustainability 
issues and incidents that may have material strategic, business and 
reputational implications for the Company and its stakeholders. 

The Sustainability and Risk Committee met seven times in FY21.

Remuneration and Nomination Committee

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee assists the Board with 
Human Resource matters including: 

 — ensuring remuneration practices are designed to support the 

Company’s vision, strategy, Values, policies and short and long-term 
sustainable success

 — meeting commitments to diversity, equality and inclusion 

 — making recommendations in relation to the size and composition of 

the Board, including the necessary and desirable skills, experience 
and diversity.

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee met eight times 
in FY21.

Business Conduct

We are close to finalising our updated Code of Conduct, The Aurelia 
Way, which encompasses our Values and guides all aspects of 
the business, from how we conduct ourselves to the day-to-day 
decisions we make, and to the standards that we apply.

It describes how we should interact internally with our colleagues, 
as well as externally with our stakeholders, as we go about 
managing the business. Our Values underpin The Aurelia Way to 
clearly outline expected behaviours by setting boundaries to help 
guide Aurelia people as they exercise good judgment. 

We encourage employees, contractors, and stakeholders to feel 
safe to come forward without fear of retaliation to report conduct 
they reasonably believe may be illegal, unethical or inconsistent 
with our Values and standards. Aurelia’s independent external 
Whistleblower service – STOPline, is a mechanism for employees 
and contractors to report concerns where internal avenues are  
not appropriate. 

26 
26 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021
 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Hera Mine, NSW

“With sustainability in our core, 
Aurelia’s focus in FY22 will be on 
continuous improvement in the 
areas of safety (including gender 
safety), wellbeing, environmental 
and community management, 
and responsible stewardship of 
natural resources.”

AURELIA METALS 

 27

Further work on modern slavery in FY22 includes the rollout of 
‘The Aurelia Way’, continued due diligence of our supply chain for 
modern slavery risks, engagement with suppliers considered to 
represent a greater risk, and modern slavery training within the 
Aurelia business. 

Sustainability Approach

Our approach to sustainability is guided by our Vision and Values. 
Aurelia has developed a 3-year Sustainability Plan to guide our 
sustainability efforts. The plan was developed as a result of the 
Company’s inaugural sustainability planning workshop which 
included sustainability representatives from within the business 
and our key contractor. 

The plan has been approved by Aurelia’s Board and identifies 
fundamental projects that are essential to improve our 
sustainability approach and performance. Our priority is to 
focus on the standards and systems that will establish a strong 
foundation for Aurelia to build on and maintain a trusted and 
sustainable operating presence. 

Aurelia’s 3-year Sustainability Plan addresses three key pillars:

1.  Sustainability Governance – addressing Sustainability 

and Risk Committee and Board oversight, development 
and implementation of Group-wide sustainability 
standards, and external sustainability reporting.

2.  Environmental Performance – addressing key 

environmental risks including legal compliance, tailings 
management, greenhouse gases and climate change.

3.  Social Performance – addressing key social risks 

across People (diversity and inclusion, leadership 
training and development), Health and Safety (Fatal 
Hazards, legal compliance, and health and wellbeing) 
and Communities (stakeholder engagement, 
social investment and cultural heritage).

SUSTAINABILITY GOVERNANCE (CONTINUED)

Risk Management 

In FY21, Aurelia established a risk management framework 
(Policy, Standard and Procedures) aligned with the International 
Standard for managing risk ISO31000:2018. The framework 
addresses our day-to-day risks up to strategic Company risks. 
Through the rollout of this framework, the Company made 
significant progress in its risk management capability, including:

 — refreshing our risk management tools including our Take 5s, 
job hazard analysis and our risk register template for use 
across our sites

 — establishing a Group risk register, quarterly review and 

monthly risk owner reviews at our senior leadership meetings 

 — developing risk registers to support our projects

 — establishing a process for reporting of our Group risk profile 

to the Sustainability and Risk Committee and Board

 — establishing our approach for the management of fatal and 

catastrophic risks including the monitoring and verification of 
the effectiveness of critical controls

 — the development of a risk appetite statement to an  

advanced state.

Modern Slavery

Aurelia is committed to operating honestly and ethically with 
respect to human rights across our operations and supply chain. 
We see this as a fundamental element to our social responsibility 
and the sustainability of our operations. 

In FY20, a Modern Slavery Working Group comprising 
representatives from head office and site with a cross section 
of functional areas (legal, finance, procurement, sustainability, 
human resources) was established to identify and pursue actions 
to assess and address modern slavery risks. Some of the key 
actions taken in relation to modern slavery include: 

 — Governance – the Aurelia Metals Board of Directors and 

management were made aware of the Company’s obligations 
and responsibilities in relation to modern slavery 

 — Engaging specialists – an independent, modern slavery 

specialist was engaged to prepare and commence Aurelia 
Metals’ modern slavery compliance strategy. The work 
included undertaking a governance review and gap analysis 
in relation to Aurelia Metals’ current policies and procedures, 
and commencing a desktop due diligence assessment of our 
suppliers to map our supply chain and identify any modern 
slavery risks. This supplier assessment will be embedded into 
our tender and supplier onboarding processes

 — Updated contract templates – our standard template 
contracts were updated to include modern slavery 
obligations including compliance with laws, and training  
and reporting obligations.

In FY21, Aurelia published its first Modern Slavery Statement 
under the Commonwealth Government’s Modern Slavery Act 
2018 (Cth) for the reporting period from 1 July 2019 to 30 
June 2020. The Company will report against our actions in this 
statement in FY22.

28 
28 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021
 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

SUSTAINABILITY GOVERNANCE (CONTINUED)

Sustainability Plan

FY22

FY23

FY24

 — External sustainability presentation 

 — External sustainability presentation 

to Board

 — Launch The Aurelia Way
 — Employee Engagement Baseline Survey 

and action plan

to Board

 — Employee Pulse Survey
 — Establish Audit Program – High Risks
 — Implement Employee Engagement 

 — Establish operational risk profiles

Action Plan

 — External sustainability presentation 

to Board

 — Employee Engagement Survey
 — Audit High Risks

 — Annual Sustainability Strategy Workshop
 — Contractor Management Standard
 — Document Management System
 — Update Crisis Management Framework
 — Sustainability Reporting

 — Annual Sustainability Strategy 

Workshop

 — Develop Sustainability Standards
 — Crisis Management Training 
 — Sustainability Reporting

 — Annual Sustainability Strategy 

Workshop

 — Crisis Management Training
 — Mapping to Sustainability Frameworks
 — Sustainability Reporting with external 

assurance

 — Embed Critical Control Verification Program
 — Improve oversight of medicals and rehabilitation
 — Legal compliance audit and action close out

 — Finalise Fatal Hazard Standards
 — Develop Health Standards
 — 5 Safe Behaviours training

 — Audit Program for Fatal Hazard Standards 
 — Implement Health Standards

 — Diversity and Inclusion Strategy
 — Establish measurable diversity and inclusion 

objectives and actions

 — Leadership Development Program to Supervisor 

level

 — Establish succession planning process
 — Training and competency matrix fully established

 — Implement Diversity and Inclusion actions
 — Succession planning fully implemented
 — Graduate and apprentices’ strategy

 — Implement graduate and apprentice 

actions

 — Implement Mentoring Program
 — Commence Leadership Development 

Program cycle

 — Stakeholder mapping
 — Renew Social Investment Program

 — Cultural heritage gap analysis
 — Community Perception Survey
 — Develop Social Standards

 — Implement Social Standards and 

commence verification

 — Greenhouse gas, energy, and water 

data evaluation

 — Tailings Standard and governance
 — TCFD Project (risk and opportunity 

review)

 — Environmental Legal Compliance Audit

 — Develop Environmental Standards
 — TCFD Project (Financial Modelling and 

Climate Change Position)

 — Implement Environmental Standards 

and commence verification

 — Implement Climate Change Position

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
Y
T
I
L
I
B
A
N
A
T
S
U
S

I

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P
L
A
C
O
S

I

L
A
T
N
E
M
N
O
R
V
N
E

I

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

I

&
P
H
S
R
E
D
A
E
L

Y
T
I
L
I
B
A
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
T
I
L
I
B
A
N
A
T
S
U
S

I

H
C
A
O
R
P
P
A

H
T
L
A
E
H

Y
T
E
F
A
S
D
N
A

E
L
P
O
E
P
R
U
O

S
E
I
T
I
N
U
M
M
O
C

E
G
N
A
H
C

R
U
O

L
A
T
N
E
M
N
O
R
V
N
E

I

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

E
T
A
M
I
L
C
D
N
A

AURELIA METALS 

 29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR PEOPLE

Health and Safety

We are committed to protecting the health and safety of  
our employees and contractors, and the communities where 
we operate. 

We believe every injury is preventable and no task is so important 
that it cannot be done safely. Our efforts to strengthen the 
foundation of our health and safety framework will support the 
business to build a culture where everyone owns and actively 
contributes to achieving safe outcomes. 

Our Approach

Our approach to safety is governed by our Vision and Values 
and the commitments we make in our Sustainability Policy. 
In FY20, we developed the ‘Aurelia Metals – Safe Metals’ 
Strategy which guided our efforts to improve performance. 
Safe Metals has been adjusted for FY22 to focus further on 
risk management. 

Component 1: Interventions

Component 2: Risk

Continued identification and targeting of areas 
requiring intervention. This is supported by the 
lead indicator program where supervisors and 
above undertake interactions and inspections; and a 
Senior Management Taskforce provides oversight of 
investigations into High Potential Risk Incidents and 
develops group actions to prevent recurrence. 

Enhanced approach to risk through the 
implementation of risk tools and coaching 
of front line leaders to ensure effective 
management and oversight of operational 
and strategic risks.

Component 3: Fatal Hazards

Component 4: Supporting Systems

Continued establishment of Fatal and 
Catastrophic Hazard Standards supported by 
Critical Control Verification (CCV) programs.

Enhancing our systems and tools to support 
our operations in the management and 
oversight of risk, health and safety, and 
contractor management. 

Our site management systems provide the framework for our 
approach to health and safety. These systems continue to evolve 
and improve with a key focus being the development of Group-
wide standards and processes to support our operations. 

Risk management is central to health and safety. Our risk 
management framework is tiered and addresses the day-to-day 
hazard identification requirements through to risk assessments 
for the Group. 

Aurelia has eight clear and simple ‘Rules to Live By’. All Aurelia 
employees and contractors have been trained in these rules 
and they must comply with them. The rules provide clear 
expectations to address safety issues that could lead to serious 
injuries or fatalities at our operations.

The Company requires all employees, contractors, and visitors to 
undergo a safety induction prior to entering an Aurelia operation. 
Aurelia also facilitates mandatory safety training and specialist 
training for high-risk activities. We conduct a training needs 
analysis by role.

In FY21, Aurelia implemented one event management platform 
for all our sites. All incidents and events are tracked and 
investigated. The investigation and management of significant 
incidents continues to be overseen by the Senior Management 
Taskforce for Significant Incidents. 

30 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

The Taskforce is comprised of members of the Executive 
Management Team responsible for ensuring appropriate 
consideration and action is taken for the Group-wide implications 
of significant incidents and any emerging sustainability concerns. 
This ensures that findings and recommendations are shared 
across the business and are not limited to the incident and 
affected personnel only. Once significant incidents go through 
the Taskforce, they are then presented to Aurelia’s Sustainability 
and Risk Committee. An executive from another site will then 
complete final verification of action close out. Nineteen High 
Potential Risk Incident events were presented to the Taskforce 
throughout the financial year, which resulted in a number of 
significant actions being implemented across the business to 
prevent reoccurrence of incidents. 

Our safety performance

At the end of FY21 our Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 
(TRIFR) was 9.1 which was a 58% improvement on our FY20 TRIFR 
of 21.9. This is a significant achievement given the acquisition and 
integration of Dargues Mine into our portfolio, and the ongoing 
increased workload and management of our COVID-19 response 
to protect our employees, communities, and operations.

OUR PEOPLE (CONTINUED)

Lead indicators currently tracked as part of the program 
include proactive conversations, observations, and inspections. 
When undertaken, these activities demonstrate visible safety 
leadership and help us to determine how effective our safety 
understanding and controls are throughout the business. 

Fatal Hazards and Critical Control Verification

In line with Safe Metals, fatal hazards are being established 
across the Group as part of our goal to safeguard against 
fatalities. In FY21, we established four standards as part of this 
program: Mobile Plant and Traffic, Tyres and Rims, Hazardous 
Energy, and Hazardous Materials. Under the program, we 
identified the top 15 fatal and catastrophic hazards that are 
common within the industry and our business. Each hazard is 
supported by fatal/catastrophic hazard standard and a Critical 
Control Verification (CCV) program. In FY22, we will continue 
to develop standards and CCV programs for the remaining 
identified hazards. 

The Group-wide fatal/catastrophic standards set the minimum 
mandatory requirements for our operations and include 
risk assessment, engineered environment, fit for purpose 
equipment, and operating and people controls. Each standard 
is supported by a CCV program that has been established 
in line with the International Council on Mining and Metals’ 
good practice guide. The CCV programs are part of the lead 
indicator program. Any serious weaknesses in critical controls 
are escalated in the business to ensure close out by the site 
General Manager and oversight by the Chief Operating Officer, 
Managing Director and General Manager Risk  
and Sustainability. 

TOTAL RECORDABLE INJURY FREQUENCY RATE  
(per million hours worked) 

Year ended 30 June 

FY20 

FY21 

Hera 

Peak 

Dargues

Group 

29.1 

18.8 

-

21.9

11.4

8.8

11.0

9.1

Material topics related to Health and Safety in FY21 included:

 — injury reduction – see TRIFR reduction case study

 — building a Safety culture

 — Fatal Hazards management

 — COVID-19 response.

Building a Safety Culture

Aurelia’s approach to building a safety culture is twofold: 
leadership training supported by a 360-degree profile and 
development plan; and lead indicator expectations.

Aurelia’s leadership capability program was established in FY21 
through the Leadership Development Framework underpinned 
by a capability model aligned to our Values. Aurelia’s leadership 
capability model includes the required behaviours and 
capabilities for leadership roles at different levels within the 
organisation. These behaviours are fundamental to strong 
leadership across all aspects of our business including safety. 
Leaders from Superintendent and Senior Professional-level 
through to the Managing Director were trained in the model 
in FY21 and they are now completing 360° Leadership Profiles 
to identify strengths and development opportunities in their 
leadership capabilities. 

Aurelia’s lead indicator program was introduced in FY21. 
Lead indicators are proactive – they drive awareness and 
improvements in safety. The program includes a 
requirement for supervisor roles and above 
to complete a required number of lead 
indicators on a monthly basis. 

AURELIA METALS 

 31

OUR PEOPLE (CONTINUED)

Case Study

Our TRIFR Reduction Journey

At the end of FY21, Aurelia achieved a 58% reduction in TRIFR 
for the Group. We are incredibly proud of this achievement.  
Our people were the drivers for this performance, with our 
‘Aurelia Metals – Safe Metals’ strategy being the framework  
for change.

At the end of FY20, Aurelia’s TRIFR was 21.9 and had 
been continually on the rise for the past 12 months. This 
performance was unacceptable and led to the introduction of 
the 'Aurelia Metals – Safe Metals' Strategy in June 2020. This 
included targeted safety stops, safety interventions for areas 
that were experiencing heightened incidents, introduction of 
Rules to Live By, and requirement for all leaders to complete 
lead indicators. This program was established targeting a 50% 
reduction in TRIFR by end of FY22. To have exceed that target 
in one year is outstanding. 

GROUP TOTAL RECORDABLE INJURY FREQUENCY RATE 
(12-month moving average)

25

20

15

10

5

0

58% reduction YTD

0
2
-
n
u
J

0
2
-
l
u
J

0
2
-
g
u
A

0
2
-
p
e
S

0
2
-
t
c
O

0
2
-
v
o
N

0
2
-
c
e
D

1
2
-
n
a
J

1
2
-
b
e
F

1
2
-
r
a
M

1
2
-
r
p
A

1
2
-
y
a
M

1
2
-
n
u
J

32 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

'Safe Metals' covers four key pillars

Intervention 
Intervention plans were developed and implemented in areas 
of the business where a history of poor safety performance was 
apparent. These interventions included stopping the business for 
safety discussions for sites/areas that had heightened incidents, 
engagement sessions with employees and contractors, targeted, 
regular observations and inspections, improved oversight of key 
contractors, and the introduction of additional controls for high-
risk activities. 

Rules to Live By 
The Rules to Live By continued to be deployed throughout 
FY21. The rules are included in inductions and training with high 
visibility across the operations on noticeboards, Take 5 booklets 
and established signage. 

Fatal Hazard Standards 
Work commenced on the Fatal Hazard Management program 
with the establishment of four standards: Mobile Plant and 
Traffic, Tyres and Rims, Hazardous Energy, and Hazardous 
Materials. Each standard is supported by a CCV program that is 
linked to the lead indicator program, including addressing  
any deficiencies. 

Continuous Improvement  
We continue to strengthen our systems to establish strong 
foundations to support our health and safety programs and 
performance. In FY21, our risk tools were updated including 
a new Group-wide Take 5, Job Hazard Analysis (JHA), and risk 
assessment process; and we expanded our event management 
system to cover all our operations. We now have one system 
for all sites. In FY21, we also worked on improving our incident 
investigation process facilitating Incident Cause Analysis Method 
(ICAM) training and further embedding the Senior Management 
Taskforce for Significant Incidents. Throughout the year, 19 High 
Potential Risk Incidents were presented to our taskforce with 
group actions identified to prevent reoccurrence at  
our operations. 

“I am immensely proud of the dedication of our 
teams to improve safety performance. A 58% 
reduction in TRIFR is outstanding and well 
beyond expectations – in one year, we achieved 
what we set out to achieve over two. A well-
considered, multi-faceted approach with the 
drive of our leaders and dedicated teams was 
fundamental to our success. It took immense 
commitment and drive. An incredible result."

Dan Clifford, Managing Director 

AURELIA METALS 

 33

OUR PEOPLE (CONTINUED)

COVID-19 Response

Human Resources 

With the COVID-19 threat rapidly evolving and escalating, 
Aurelia maintained efforts to enact strict controls to protect 
the wellbeing of our employees, contractors, and the local 
community; and to maintain business continuity. At times, the 
Company enforced stricter controls than government directives 
to provide greater confidence in our management of the risk. 

Our crisis management teams continued to meet throughout 
the year and our protocols evolved and changed to address the 
changing risk profile. Our protocols include as a minimum pre-
travel screening, screening at the gate, increased site cleaning 
and hygiene, and staggered starts and mess times to limit 
interactions between groups. We continued to focus on SMALL, 
CONSISTENT and TRACEABLE workgroups, as well as strict 
protocols for our FIFO/DIDO workforce to limit their interactions 
with our local communities. We continue to verify compliance of 
our sites to our protocols.

Aurelia is extremely proud of our employees and contractors 
who quickly adapted to changes to our protocols to reflect the 
continually evolving situation. Border closures meant that some 
of our people remained on site for extended periods away from 
their families, whilst others adapted and worked from home 
for extended periods. The efforts of our people have been 
instrumental in our response and as a direct result, we have not 
had a COVID-19 positive at any of our sites to date.

The Company remains ever vigilant in updating and adapting 
our COVID-19 prevention and emergency response protocols 
in the context of a rapidly changing risk profile associated with 
the Delta strain. We endeavour to work with local communities 
and stakeholders to minimise risks our operations pose to our 
workforce and local communities.

With consideration of the strong balance sheet and financial 
position of the Company, the Board of Directors decided it was 
neither necessary nor fitting for the Company to claim JobKeeper 
benefits from the Federal Government notwithstanding the 
Company’s eligibility to make a claim during certain periods of 
the pandemic.

Aurelia recognises that the achievement of its Vision relies 
on creating exceptional value though our people. Aurelia’s 
Values are the foundation of our corporate identity and through 
our leaders, we align our employees to our Values and Company 
objectives for the delivery of our strategy. We are committed to 
attracting, engaging, and retaining a diverse workforce of high-
calibre employees to meet Aurelia’s current and future business 
needs. By providing a safe and inclusive work environment, we 
aim to give employees a sense of achievement and ownership 
based on the Values of Integrity, Certainty, Courage,  
and Performance.

Management Approach

Our approach to creating exceptional value through our people 
is underpinned and supported by our Vision and Values and the 
establishment of clear systems, standards, and strategies. 

Coinciding with a comprehensive update of our policies and 
standards in FY21, the Company developed a draft of our Code 
of Conduct called ‘The Aurelia Way’. The Aurelia Way embodies 
our commitment to good corporate governance and responsible 
business practices. It also reflects the expectations of the Aurelia 
Board, Shareholders, customers, regulators, and the community. 
Our employees will be trained in The Aurelia Way in FY22. 

In FY21, Aurelia held a number of workshops across the business 
to develop our Values. This included involving a cross section of 
our workforce in development of expected “thumbs up, thumbs 
down” behaviours for each Value. The Values were rolled out by 
our executives at our Leadership Development Workshops and 
will be further communicated to our entire workforce in FY22. 

We have established and embedded a number of systems that 
support and develop our people. Our clear and consistent 
Remuneration Framework and Performance Management  
Cycle aim to cultivate a performance-based culture. The 
Framework ensures: 

 — competitive remuneration, benefits and rewards are aligned 

with Aurelia’s Values and objectives 

 — capability, qualifications, skills, experience, and potential 
form the basis of performance-based pay and promotion

 — employees are rewarded based on outcomes from the  

five Balanced Business Plan (BBP) Pillars of Sustainability 
(HSEC), People and Organisation, Operations, Growth and 
Financial Outcomes. 

34 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

OUR PEOPLE (CONTINUED)

In FY21, our internal Leadership Capability Training Program 
and detailed competency mapping exercise provided training 
and career development opportunities to enable progression 
for our employees within the organisation. Through these 
initiatives, we aim to develop and instil a culture of lifelong 
learning, promoting the ongoing training needs and skills 
development of all employees.

In line with the Company’s Values, we are committed to 
establishing a safe and inclusive work environment based on 
mutual respect, responsible behaviour, and integrity. To ensure 
we achieve this outcome, in FY22 we will implement diversity and 
inclusion strategies to build the future talent pool for the Group 
and retain a diverse workforce free from any discrimination, 
harassment, (including sexual harassment), bullying and 
unacceptable behaviour.

Our People Performance

FY19

FY20

FY21

M

F

M

F

M

F

Gender Diversity

82.42%

17.58%

83.33%

16.67%

80.62%

19.38%

Board

Executives/
GMs

Principals and 
Managers

Senior 
Professionals/ 
Superintendents

Professionals/ 
Supervisors

Paraprofessionals/ 
Operations

M

4

F

2

M

7

F

0

M

17

F

4

M

33

F

9

M

31

F

7

M

119

F

30

Gender 
Diversity  
by Level  
FY21

Peak Gold Mine

Hera Mine

Dargues Mine

Employee Initiated 
Turnover by site

28.45%

34.40%

30.80%

FY19

115

59

0

8

182

FY20

133

64

0

13

210

Total Aurelia  
Employees by site

Peak Gold Mine

Hera Mine

Dargues Mine

Corporate Office

Total

Material issues related to our people in FY21 included:

 — employee engagement

 — training and development

 — diversity and inclusion.

Total

31.80%

FY21

133

63

37

25

258

AURELIA METALS 

 35

OUR PEOPLE (CONTINUED)

Employee Engagement

Aurelia recognises employee engagement is a critical driver of business success. We believe that an engaged workforce is a safe 
workforce. Engaged people are also motivated and more likely to align their efforts to our Vision and Values and sustainable Balanced 
Business Plan (BBP) outcomes. 

In Q3 FY20, we conducted a Business Effectiveness Review that involved in depth one-on-one interviews with 288 employees and 
contractors. The objective of the review was to identify key issues that mattered to our workforce, understand the barriers to 
performance and develop an action plan to address in FY21. Based on the feedback from the interviews, we developed a plan with most 
of the initiatives achieved with further actions to be completed in FY22. 

Progress

Initiative

Role Clarity and Remuneration

Performance Management Framework and System

Position Descriptions for every role

Achievement and Development Plans for all employees

Short Term Incentive Plan

Human Resources Information System (HRIS)

Management and Leadership

Leadership Capability Model and Training for all eligible leaders

Systems, Policies & Procedures

Group-wide Intranet Platform

Document Control

Enterprise Risk Management and Safety System

Mine Operating System

Review/Update all Standard/Procedures

Communications and Branding

Group-wide newsletter

Company Values 

Safety

ICAM Training

In FY22, Aurelia will undertake an Employee Engagement Survey to further understand the views of our workforce to inform 
Company initiatives. It will also enable us to measure year on year improvements in several categories including living our Values, 
safety, leadership, engagement and diversity and inclusion. 

Not started

In progress

Complete

36 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Remuneration Framework and 
Performance Management Cycle

A key initiative resulting from the Business Effectiveness Review 
was to establish and implement a Remuneration Framework and 
a clear Performance Management process. Aurelia recognises 
that fairness and equity in remuneration is necessary to attract, 
develop and retain high-calibre employees. Our remuneration 
framework is based on the Stratified Systems Approach and 
promotes a performance-based culture whereby competitive 
remuneration and rewards are aligned to BBP and  
shareholder objectives.

In FY21, the performance management process included the 
introduction of key performance measures for the ‘at risk’ 
component of remuneration. As a result, all roles now have key 
performance measures aligned to the business strategy and 
objectives across the areas of risk, people management, safety, 
environment and community, production, costs, resource growth 
and financial outcomes. 

Aurelia also undertakes annual market remuneration 
benchmarking (against similar organisations within the resources 
industry) for all levels within the business to ensure market 
competitiveness for both attraction and retention. 

In FY21, we introduced individual Achievement and Development 
Plans (ADP) for all paraprofessionals/supervisors and above 
to assess individual performance. Individual performance of 
operator and trades employees without an ADP was assessed 
on more general criteria including Values alignment, and 
adherence to safety expectations amongst other things. In 
FY22, the ADP will extend to all employees and incorporate 
individual performance targets, identify development needs 
and opportunities and assess the employee’s alignment to key 
behavioural indicators aligned to The Aurelia Way. Informal and 
formal training and professional development opportunities will 
be tailored and planned for each individual according to  
their ADP. 

Aurelia will ensure ADPs are developed and agreed at the 
beginning of the financial year. Informal mid-year and formal 
year-end reviews will centre around progress against these 
plans, and determine remuneration increases in an objective and 
internally consistent way. 

The Aurelia Senior Leadership Team will moderate performance 
and salary reviews to ensure there is internal consistency and no 
gender or other attribute biases, prior to Board review. 

Gender pay analysis forms part of Aurelia’s Diversity and Inclusion 
Policy and is overseen by the Aurelia Board. It is also included 
in the Remuneration and Nomination Committee Charter and 
annual work plan to review and address any gaps.

In FY20 and FY21, at the request of the Board, the Company 
undertook a gender pay gap analysis of like for like roles. There 
were two potential gaps identified and addressed in FY20 and no 
identified gaps in FY21. 

OUR PEOPLE (CONTINUED)

Training and Development

Aurelia is committed to fostering an environment where  
our people can reach their full potential. By investing in the 
capability and skills of our people, we are investing in Aurelia’s 
future growth. 

Leadership Capability Training

In FY21, Aurelia developed a Leadership Development Framework 
underpinned by a Leadership Capability Model aligned to our 
Values. The model identifies the core capabilities and skills 
critical for effective leadership. Leaders from Superintendent and 
Senior Professional-level through to the Managing Director were 
introduced to the Values and expectations through ‘Leading The 
Aurelia Way’ leadership development workshops. The ‘Leading 
The Aurelia Way’ workshops were delivered by management and 
cascaded throughout the business to drive strong ownership of 
the program and outcomes. 

Aurelia’s 360° Leadership Profile is currently being implemented 
for these leaders. The profile includes a 360° survey and report 
based on the Leadership Capability Model to provide leaders 
with greater insight into individual strengths and development 
opportunities. 

We will roll out the leadership development training and 360° 
feedback profiles to Supervisors in FY22. 

Competency Framework

Aurelia has been developing a Competency Framework – an 
enterprise-wide learning and development system for training, 
which can be customised locally. It gives the Company the ability 
to access a structured, standardised training and assessment 
system to better align training and assessment to business needs 
while ensuring external regulatory compliance requirements are 
met. This alignment will ensure a safe and skilled workforce at  
all times. 

The first stage of this process was to develop a skills matrix and 
map all employees against competencies to identify and plan 
training needs and refresher training. This was not limited to 
compliance training, but also included key policies with a target 
of 100% of employees trained in the new Rules to Live By, Green 
Rules and Whistleblower Policy and Process. 

AURELIA METALS 

 37

OUR PEOPLE (CONTINUED)

Diversity and Inclusion

At Aurelia we value and respect differences,  
people bring their whole selves to work, and 
everyone feels they can contribute and their 
contribution is valued. To achieve this, we 
are committed to ensuring we have a safe 
workplace free from: 

 — sexual harassment

 — bullying, harassment and all forms  

of discrimination, and 

 — barriers to the recruitment, career 
development, and retention of a 
diverse workforce. 

At Aurelia we firmly believe that 
the growth of the Company and our 
employees are interlinked. We recognise a 
diverse workforce enhances the Company’s 
ability to be more successful. We do this by 
capturing a wide range of perspectives, and 
unique skills and experiences to enhance  
decision making and better business outcomes.

In FY21, female representation of Board members 
increased from 17% to 29%. The Aurelia Board 
also adopted a target of no less than 25% female 
representation on the Board. 

Across the Company’s workforce, female participation 
increased from 17% in FY20 to 19% in FY21. 

“There is a significant body of evidence showing that diverse 
organisations contribute to better decisions, improved 
company performance, sustainable outcomes and business 
culture. Aurelia is committed to a diverse and inclusive 
workplace, with zero tolerance of disrespectful behaviours 
including harassment, sexual harassment, racism and sexism. 
Are we where we want to be today? No, not yet. But we are 
listening very closely to the needs of minority groups at every 
level across our organisation, developing targeted strategies 
and implementing these as a matter of priority.” 

Interim Chairman, Susie Corlett

38 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

OUR PEOPLE (CONTINUED)

Case Study

Diversity and Inclusion Deep Dive

In FY21, Aurelia completed a Diversity and Inclusion Deep Dive 
to listen to our people in order to understand barriers that may 
impact diversity and inclusion in the workplace. The Deep Dive 
was led by the newly established Diversity and Inclusion Working 
Group comprising a cross section of 12 employees and chaired by 
an executive. The Working Group benchmarked the approaches 
of peer organisations to diversity and inclusion, including a 
literature review to better understand contemporary practices 
within the context of our business. 

Against this desktop review, the Working Group conducted 
confidential one-on-one interviews with our workforce. While 
predominantly focused on gender-related issues, the interview 
questions did cover broader diversity and inclusion issues. 
Through the interview process we were able to commence 
actively promoting diversity and ensure visibility around the 
Company’s new Diversity and Inclusion Policy. Following the 
interview process we compiled and summarised key themes, 
trends, and perspectives in order to understand  

barriers to diversity and inclusion, and the potential initiatives 
to improve current levels of diverse participation within the 
workforce, across all areas and levels.

More than a third of our workforce (91 employees) across the 
three mining operations, exploration and the corporate office 
participated in these interviews. 

Worth noting was that there was a clear difference between 
responses from males and females. Females had a stronger 
negative response to nearly all of the questions asked. This is not 
surprising as they are more likely to be personally impacted by 
any gender-based bias and will shape our approach to diversity 
and inclusion going forward.

The research results will inform the development of a targeted 
gender safety, diversity and inclusion strategy, as well as the 
development of measurable targets in FY22. 

Key Themes Identified

Statistics from the Deep Dive

Requirement for diversity and inclusion training programs 

98% of interviewees wanted more training on diversity  
and inclusion

Development of consistent and transparent Recruitment 
Standard with a focus on attracting and recruiting diverse 
candidates

60% of interviewees were unsure or did not believe Aurelia  
had a robust Recruitment Standard that focused on recruiting 
diverse candidates

Consistent application of the Performance Review Process

49% of interviewees were unsure if the Performance Review 
Process was fair*. 

*These interviews were conducted before the full cycle under 
the new performance management system had been completed

Introduction of career development pathways and  
opportunities for promotion for all employees

46% of employees were unsure or did not believe that Aurelia 
has clear career development pathways for all employees

Employees felt Safe to Speak Up on issues regarding 
discrimination, bullying or harassment. 

88% of employees felt safe to speak up and 72% believed that 
senior leaders would take allegations seriously

The above response was significantly less when employees  
were asked if they believed other employees feel it is safe  
to speak up 

33% of employees do not believe others feel safe to speak up

AURELIA METALS 
AURELIA METALS 

 39
 39

OUR PEOPLE (CONTINUED)

Case Study

Dargues Mine Acquisition  
Transition and Integration

One of the key activities undertaken in FY21 
was the acquisition of the Dargues Mine. 
Under the banner of ‘The Aurelia Way, Straight 
Away’, Aurelia developed and implemented 
a 100-day plan to fully integrate Dargues 
Mine to achieve a steady state in the shortest 
possible timeframe. During the transition to 
full ownership, the Aurelia Senior Leadership 
Team were accessible within the community 
and operations.

As part of the plan, the Company established 
sustainability (HSEC and People) and 
operational systems, standards and reporting 
within the shortest possible timeframe. 
Critical to this plan was the engagement 
and support of key stakeholders prior 
to the change of ownership to ensure 
familiarity with Aurelia Metals people and 
confidence in Aurelia Metals credentials. 
To do this, the Company engaged with all 
levels of government, as well as hosting 
open and transparent forums with the Senior 
Leadership Team and community. Based on 
the feedback from community forums, Aurelia 
was able to swiftly act on concerns which 
has seen a significant drop in community 
complaints (see Case Study - Noise Abatement 
Measures Dargues Mine) following  
Aurelia’s acquisition. 

As part of the transition process, Aurelia 
held meetings with employees, both 
collectively and individually to discuss issues 
and opportunities. As a result, Aurelia was 
able to successfully transition employees 
from contract employment conditions to 
permanent roles with the new employment 
entity. This provided employees with a 
greater level of certainty and job security, as 
well as improved conditions of employment. 

40 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Dargues Mine, NSW

OUR COMMUNITIES

Aurelia is committed to contributing positively to our local 
communities through trusted, transparent, and long-term 
relationships. 

polymetallic discoveries in recent Australian history and Great 
Cobar emerging as a significant near mine, undeveloped  
copper resource. 

We view these relationships as essential to maintaining our 
social licence to operate. We recognise and respect the deep 
connection First Nations people have with the land and are 
committed to operating in a way that protects their cultural 
heritage. 

Stakeholder Engagement

Aurelia uses a number of engagement mechanisms to foster 
transparent, inclusive and meaningful engagement with our 
stakeholders. Stakeholder engagement allows us to share 
information about our activities and performance and gain an 
understanding of our stakeholders’ needs and concerns to inform 
our decision making. 

Aurelia enjoys an enviable organic growth pipeline - with 
Federation shaping up to be one of the most exciting 

In FY21, significant community and First Nations consultation 
occurred for both projects. This engagement included 
numerous community sessions, ongoing consultation with the 
project specific Community Consultative Committee (CCC) 
and various field assessments and site visits. This resulted in 
the development of a Social Impact Assessment, including 
commitments from Aurelia to mitigate potentially adverse 
impacts to stakeholder groups. 

Aurelia appreciates the input and collaboration the local 
community and First Nations groups have provided towards the 
proposed developments. Aurelia will continue to listen to our 
community stakeholders and work hard to mitigate potential 
impacts in the future. 

The following table provides a summary of our FY21 approach to 
engaging with our key stakeholder groups. 

Stakeholder Groups 

How We Engage 

Key Topics Of Engagement

Employees and contractors

Email, newsletter (Peak and Dargues), 
noticeboards, meetings, General Manager 
State of the Nations

 — COVID-19 management and response
 — Business performance
 — Health and safety performance
 — Employee recognition and rewards

Government

Meetings, site visits, emails, briefings

Communities

Community Consultative Committees 

Direct engagement through Town Hall 
meetings and other forums prior to and 
following acquisition of Dargues Mine

Shareholders and  
Proxy Advisors

Annual reports, quarterly reports, 
website, investor briefings, conference 
calls, market announcements, Annual 
General Meetings, industry conferences

Suppliers 

Meetings, contractual agreements

Customers

Meetings, engagement, site visits,  
market tenders

 — Regulatory and legal compliance
 — Environmental performance and management
 — Community investment
 — Direct engagement prior to and following 

acquisition of Dargues Mine

 — Environmental performance and management
 — COVID-19 management and response
 — Investment in communities
 — Project development 

 — Operating performance
 — Balance sheet
 — Reserves and resources
 — Sustainability performance
 — Corporate governance

 — Health and safety requirements
 — Modern slavery requirements
 — Contract conditions 

 — Reserves and resources
 — Regulatory compliance
 — Sustainability performance

AURELIA METALS 

 41

First Nations Engagement  
and Cultural Heritage

Aurelia ensures that prior to any significant 
development works feedback is sought from 
potentially affected First Nations stakeholder 
organisations. 

The aim of consultation is to identify cultural items and 
places that hold cultural value, including how they may 
be affected by any proposed development. This gives 
us the opportunity to adjust the project accordingly to 
ensure the absolute protection of Indigenous cultural 
heritage. The consultation process involves: 

 — Pre-notification – advertisements are placed in local 
newspapers and several government agencies are 
contacted requesting the identification of any First 
Nations People and/or communities that may be 
interested in the proposed development

 — Notification – the individuals and communities 
identified in ‘Pre-notification’ are contacted 
to determine their interest in the proposed 
development

 — Presentation of the proposed development and the 
assessment methodology – the First Nations People 
are briefed on the proposed development

 — Compile the First Nations Peoples’ feedback and 

conduct field inspection – the information collected 
during consultation with First Nations Peoples is 
compiled and used to assist with planning field 
inspections. The First Nations People assist with the 
field inspections 

 — Discussion of potential impacts and mitigation 
strategies – a discussion with the First Nations 
People is conducted to explore the potential 
impacts to culturally significant materials (if any) and 
mitigation strategies, and 

 — Report review – once the field inspections 

have been completed, the First Nations People 
feedback is considered and integrated into the 
documentation. They are then invited to review the 
final documentation to contribute to the overall 
findings, significance and management of culturally 
significant materials. 

Hera Mine, NSW

42 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

OUR COMMUNITIES (CONTINUED)

ABOVE: Structural remains of the house of one of 
the field inspection participants at Cornishtown.

New Cobar Complex cultural heritage consultation  
and inspections

Cobar has a proud mining history. 
The Great Cobar Copper Mine was 
the largest copper mine in Australia 
between 1870 and 1920. At its peak 
in 1912, the Great Cobar Copper 
Mine boasted 14 smelters, a 64m 
chimney stack and it employed over 
2,000 people. 

Today, we are currently developing 
plans to access the ore zones 
below the Great Cobar Copper 
Mine. As part of this proposed 
New Cobar development, Aurelia 
has undertaken extensive cultural 
heritage consultation with the Cobar 
Local Aboriginal Land Council (LALC) 
and the Ngemba – Ngiyampaa – 
Wangaaypuwan and Wayilwan Native 
Title Claimants. 

The First Nations People identified 
the former ungazetted town 
‘Cornishtown’ as a place holding 
cultural significance. Cornishtown 
holds contemporary social/cultural 

value as the local First Nations 
People were amongst the inhabitants 
of the town. Today, little of the town 
remains, but the cultural values 
continue to be significant. 

As places and objects of significance 
to First Nations People were found 
in close proximity to the proposed 
development area, Aurelia has 
committed to several mitigation 
strategies including adjustment 
of the proposed disturbance area 
to avoid the area of the former 
Cornishtown. Furthermore, a survey 
of the entire area will be conducted 
by the First Nations People prior to 
any disturbance to relocate culturally 
significant objects that may be 
impacted. The First Nations People 
have informed Aurelia that they 
would like the materials to remain 
on country, and therefore, they will 
be relocated immediately outside of 
disturbance areas. 

Federation cultural heritage consultation  
and inspections

During the fieldwork the First 
Nations People also undertook 
natural resource gathering in the 
form of harvesting mallee for 
didgeridoos. Several stems  
were harvested. 

As a result of the inspections, 
the proposed development was 
adjusted to avoid impacting 
culturally significant sites, and as 
a result, no sites will be impacted. 
Consultation is ongoing and Aurelia 
will continue to work closely with 
the First Nations People as the 
traditional custodians of the land. 

Stakeholder organisations of 
three First Nations stakeholder 
groups confirmed their interest 
in the proposed development 
of Federation, including the 
Condobolin LALC, Cobar LALC 
and Ngemba – Ngiyampaa – 
Wangaaypuwan and Wayilwan 
Native Title Claimants.

Field inspections with First Nations 
People identified several items 
and areas of cultural significance, 
including culturally modified trees 
and an Aboriginal quartz quarry. 
The Aboriginal quartz quarry was a 
particularly interesting find as the 
Ngiyampaa had stories relating to 
the site and prior to this inspection, 
the exact location had not  
been identified. 

AURELIA METALS 

 43

ABOVE: Cobar Local Aboriginal Land Council 
representative assisting in recording culturally 
modified scar tree, October 2020.

OUR COMMUNITIES (CONTINUED)

Local Procurement and investment

In the last three years, Aurelia is proud to report approximately 50% of our procurement has been sourced within our local 
regions, injecting more than $400M into our regional communities. In addition to this amount, we have donated approximately 
$830k to local community groups and events. 

Our focus is to support local community groups and businesses 
wherever possible with our main priority being projects 
supporting health, education and cultural initiatives. We also 
have ongoing relationships with local sporting groups and 
community events, which we believe are the beating heart of 
local communities in regional NSW.

In FY21, Dargues Mine donated funds to the local council to 
upgrade the Braidwood Recreation Grounds. The monies are to 
be used by Council to divert a pipeline to allow for construction 

LOCAL PROCUREMENT 

of a skate park, levelling of playing fields and upgrades to the 
irrigation system, slight relocation of the football field, new goal 
posts, relocation of a spectator fence, new cricket practice nets 
and general landscaping. Aurelia is proud to support the local 
council in upgrading sporting facilities for the benefit of the 
whole community. Being a small community, facilities such as the 
recreation group are pivotal in supporting local sport and the 
communities’ physical and mental health.

Hera Mine

Peak Mine

Dargues Mine

FY19 % total spend

FY20 % total spend

FY21 % total spend

$31M

$50M

*N/A

47%

50%

*N/A

$38M

$127M

*N/A

44%

66%

*N/A

$44M

$99M

$5M

43%

61%

16%

* Prior to Dargues acquisition in January 2021.

COMMUNITY INVESTMENT (DONATIONS)

Group ($k)

FY19

118

FY20

67

FY21

644

ECONOMIC CONTRIBUTION 

Aurelia acknowledges how important our economic contribution 
is to our stakeholders. Aurelia is open and transparent about our 
contribution and is proud to be able to give back to the local, 
state and national economies.

Aurelia did not request or receive any monetary support or 
Job Keeper funding for COVID-19 from the government, 
notwithstanding the Company’s eligibility to make a claim  
during certain periods of the pandemic.

ECONOMIC VALUE 
GENERATED AND 
DISTRIBUTED 
SUMMARY

416.5 M

$

Sales revenue

59.4 M
$

Employee benefits

60.0 M
$

Payments to 
governments

44 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

239.4 M

$

Operating costs  
and other

22.3 M

$

Payments to providers 
of capital (including 
dividends)

0.6 M
$

Community  
expenditure

34.5 M
$

Economic value 
retained

OUR COMMUNITIES (CONTINUED)

Grievance Management

Case Study

Aurelia investigates all complaints and grievances 
and responds fairly and promptly. We take an active 
approach to understanding our stakeholder  
issues and their concerns. 

The success of our approach of proactively engaging 
with the community has been demonstrated since 
our acquisition of the Dargues Mine. Community 
complaints decreased from an average of 41 per 
month in the six months prior to our acquisition to 
only five in June 2021. 

Noise Abatement at Dargues Mine

Prior to Aurelia’s acquisition of Dargues Mine, the previous 
owner was receiving an average of 41 complaints per month 
with a high of 58 complaints in July 2020. Aurelia acquired 
Dargues mine in December 2020 and by June 2021 Aurelia 
reported five complaints. Complaints have not been this low 
since July 2019 (prior to production commencing). The prior 
complaints predominately related to noise, and since Aurelia’s 
acquisition the Dargues Mine also implemented several 
strategies to mitigate noise from our operation. 

Regular, meaningful consultation has been a key component 
of addressing community concerns, and our communities have 
been critical to helping Aurelia identify solutions. Our approach 
is underpinned by a commitment to do what we say. 

Key strategies included: 

 — limiting the exploration drilling program conducted in FY21 

to dayshift only

 — inviting members of the community to visit the Dargues 

site during a nightshift (the time associated with most 
complaints) to assist Aurelia in understanding the main 
noise sources 

 — seeking expert advice from industry-leading specialists to 

design noise abatement measures, such as:

 – installing mufflers on the exhaust vents of the  

process plant

 – conducting targeted monitoring and observation of the 
process plant as a key source of noise, then enclosing 
compressors within purpose-built enclosures 

 — considering noise abatement measures when purchasing 

new equipment (eg. underground trucks). 

There will be ongoing consultation between Dargues Mine, 
industry experts and the local community to address  
any ongoing community feedback.

Peak Mine, NSW

ABOVE: The Community Consultative Committee during a 
regular visit of Dargues Mine. 

AURELIA METALS 

 45

ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE

Aurelia acknowledges that the nature of our operations can have significant environmental impacts. We are 
committed to environmental stewardship including conservation of biodiversity, efficient use of resources, 
pollution prevention and minimisation of environmental impact. We also recognise that climate change is 
a significant challenge. As a result, we are committed to building resilience to climate change risks, and 
minimising and managing greenhouse gas emissions, as well as other climate change impacts. 

Management Approach 

The Company uses our risk management framework to 
understand and manage environmental risks across our business 
lifecycle. Baseline environmental impact assessments are 
completed at project development stage. These assessments 
guide our approach to environmental management at our 
operational and closure stages. 

The risk framework also shapes our approach to the management 
of catastrophic environmental risks to ensure environmental 
management throughout all stages of mining including 
operational and mine closure.

To assist our frontline leaders, employees and contractors, 
Aurelia introduced the Green Rules in FY21. The Green Rules 
set expectations around high potential risk incidents and guide 
individual behaviour. Similar to safety Rules to Live By, they are 
clear and simple. Compliance with the rules is non-negotiable as 
breaching a Green Rule could lead to material impacts to  
the environment. 

Environmental management across our sites is integrated into 
our risk and sustainability systems and processes. This includes 
Risk and Sustainability Committee governance, elevation of 
High Potential Risk Incidents (HPRIs) to the Senior Management 
Taskforce for Significant Incidents and integration of 
environmental, community and heritage risks into group and site 
level risk registers. This ensures that environmental, community 
and heritage issues are treated as importantly as health and 
safety matters. 

The environmental management system is undergoing 
significant redevelopment with the update and introduction of 
various policies, standards, management plans and procedures. 
Specifically, in FY21, as part of the Fatal and Catastrophic Hazards 
project, Aurelia established the Hazardous Materials Standard 
and associated critical controls. The Company also conducted 
in-field and system Critical Control Verification at all assets with 
various actions for improvement identified for implementation. 
We have developed and will conduct a regular schedule for 
Critical Control Verification across the Aurelia Group.

The Company also identified pipelines outside of our disturbance 
footprint as a significant risk given any loss of containment 
could lead to harm to the environment. To address this risk, we 
established a draft pipeline specification and conducted a gap 
analysis across the Group. Further work will be undertaken in 
FY22 and FY23 to close out any actions that were identified from 
the gap analysis and finalise the pipeline specification. 

Several other standards and critical controls are planned to 
be developed and implemented across Aurelia assets in FY22 
and FY23. This includes a Tailings Management Standard, 
Rehabilitation and Closure Standard, Biodiversity Standard and 
Stakeholder Engagement Standard to name a few. While Aurelia 
acknowledges there is a gap in standards at the Group level, 
expectations regarding environmental management are within 
robust, site-specific management plans that mandate activities 
and mitigate risk.

Green Rules

In FY21 Aurelia introduced the Green Rules following a review 
of the environmental risks and historical incidents across our 
assets. The review focused on the identification of individual 
behaviours where a non-compliance to our licence to operate 
could result in harm to the environment, a legislative breach 
or damage to our reputation. As a result, four rules were 
established to guide individual behaviours in our efforts to 
protect the environment and our communities.

Aurelia established the Green Rules to encourage employees 
and contractors to think and discuss how their actions may 
impact the environment around them or the communities in 
which we operate. Since the implementation of the Green 
Rules, minor non-compliances to our licenses and approvals 
have significantly decreased and our people’s awareness of the 
importance of protecting the environment has increased. 

46 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Hera Mine, NSW

AURELIA METALS 

 47

ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

Our Environmental Performance 

In FY21, Aurelia had no materially significant 
environmental, community or heritage incidents  
at any of our sites. 

The Company received two regulatory fines for 
environmental non-compliance (one of these fines related 
to an offence committed by Big Island Mining Pty Ltd prior 
to Aurelia’s acquisition). The cumulative value of these 
fines was $30k.

The first non-compliance related to the haulage of treated 
grey water from the local wastewater treatment plant 
to Dargues Mine for use in the process plant. The state 
government determined that this activity was not in 
accordance with the Environmental Assessment as the 
use of offsite water in the process plant had not been 
contemplated by the development consent. 

The non-compliance occurred prior to Aurelia’s acquisition 
of the Dargues Mine, but the penalty notice was received 
after the transfer of ownership. 

Immediately after receiving the penalty notice at Dargues 
Mine, Aurelia investigated the haulage of raw water to the 
Hera Mine for use in operations. As a result, the Company 
determined the activity was not in accordance with the 
Environmental Assessment. Once identified, this activity 
immediately ceased and was self-reported to the relevant 
authorities. Aurelia received a second penalty notice for 
this non-compliance.

48 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Dargues Mine, NSW

ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

Case Study

Environmental Intervention  
at Hera Mine

Aurelia measures Reportable Environmental Incident 
Frequency Rate (REIFER) across all our assets. REIFER is  
similar to Total Reportable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)  
and standardises incidents to one-million-person hours.

Early in FY21, Hera Mine was averaging approximately 2.8 
reportable incidents per month and a REIFER of 24.75. The 
recent drought conditions were contributing to the reportable 
incidents. However, other incidents were occurring which 
highlighted that improved management and awareness of 
environmental requirements was required. Furthermore, 
investigations of the incidents were, at times, inadequate  
with the root cause not being identified and repeat  
incidents occurring. 

As a result, Aurelia implemented a targeted intervention, 
similar to a ‘Safety Manage’ across the site. The Company 
designed the intervention to improve awareness of 
environmental licence requirements and Aurelia’s expectations 
in relation to protecting the environment and our communities. 
This elevated the importance of environmental management 
at the site to those in leadership and support roles to better 
inform their decision making and stop non-compliances 
and incidents. Employees found this a valuable forum to 
understand how their day-to-day actions, if not done correctly, 
had the potential to impact on our environment 
and community. 

Alongside the intervention, detailed investigations were initiated 
to address any repeat incidents. The investigation findings were 
presented and discussed at the Senior Management Taskforce for 
Significant Incidents to ensure that learnings were addressed at 
all Aurelia sites. 

The Company implemented key actions across the site including 
the implementation of a lead indicator program to include 
environmental conversations, observations, and inspections. 
Aurelia’s Green Rules were established and implemented to 
all Aurelia operations and catastrophic environmental hazards 
addressed as part of the Fatal and Catastrophic Hazards project. 

As a result of the intervention, incidents have dropped to an 
average of 0.6 per month and a REIFER of 4.53, an 82% reduction 
in FY21. Following the success of this intervention, similar 
initiatives (including an environmental presentation for site 
leadership teams) were implemented at Aurelia’s other assets. 

Aurelia’s General Manager Risk and Sustainability, Adrian 
Bell, spoke to the Company’s environmental performance 
improvements across the Group, “Aurelia has been entrusted 
as the custodian of the local environments where we operate. 
The protection and management of environmental impacts is an 
essential role in mining. The turnaround in performance at Hera 
Mine has been outstanding and I’m proud that environmental 
management is now front of mind within our workforce." 

GROUP TOTAL REPORTABLE ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENT FREQUENCY RATE 
(12-month moving average)

25

20

15

10

5

0

82% reduction YTD

0
2
-
n
u
J

0
2
-
l
u
J

0
2
-
g
u
A

0
2
-
p
e
S

0
2
-
t
c
O

0
2
-
v
o
N

0
2
-
c
e
D

1
2
-
n
a
J

1
2
-
b
e
F

1
2
-
r
a
M

1
2
-
r
p
A

1
2
-
y
a
M

1
2
-
n
u
J

AURELIA METALS 

 49

ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

Climate Change 

Aurelia recognises that climate change is a significant challenge, 
and climate-related risks have the potential to impact on our 
business, communities, and the environment. We are committed 
to building resilience to climate change risks and minimising and 
managing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and other climate 
change impacts. As an energy intensive business, we look at 
opportunities to improve carbon efficiency. 

As Aurelia’s Vision and Strategy is based on growing the business 
both organically (through exploration) and inorganically (through 
acquisitions), our GHG emissions and energy use will increase. 
To support this growth, Aurelia will commence a project in 
FY22 to align with the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) requirements.

Aurelia assesses climate change risks throughout the lifecycle 
of mining. At the project development stage of our projects, 

we assess options for renewable power and low-emission 
technologies. We see this as a significant opportunity to set 
ourselves up for a future where we are less energy intensive.

For our operations, Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions are 
calculated based on the Australian Government methodology 
required by the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting 
(NGER) scheme. Our Scope 1 emissions are predominantly 
associated with electricity generation at the Hera Mine and our 
mining fleet across our operations. Our Scope 2 emissions relate 
to purchased electricity at the Peak Mine and Dargues Mine. 

The increase in Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions from FY20 to FY21 
is predominately a result of the acquisition of the Dargues Mine. 
Our GHG intensity has decreased, as a result of the record Au-
equivalent annual production and associated economies of  
scale benefits. 

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS

Scope 1 Emissions (t CO2)

Scope 2 Emissions (t CO2)

*These are preliminary numbers and subject to change pending external review and verification. 

GREENHOUSE GAS INTENSITY

Total Scope 1 & Scope 2 Emissions (t CO2-e per Aueq)

FY19

31,840

61,380

FY19

0.53

*Note – This is a preliminary number and subject to change pending external review and verification.

ENERGY USE AND PRODUCTION

Energy produced per Aueq (GJ/oz)

Energy consumed per Aueq (GJ/oz)

FY19

0.54

4.58

*Note – These are preliminary numbers and subject to change pending external review and verification.

FY20

31,690

62,230

FY20

0.60

FY20

0.60

5.30

FY21

34,460*

76,110*

FY21

0.54*

FY21

0.47*

4.47*

50 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

Tailings and Waste Rock Management

Our operations generate tailings (mineral processing residues) 
that are stored in purpose-built Tailings Storage Facilities (TSFs). 
Aurelia operates central-thickened TSFs at Hera Mine and Peak 
Mine and a perimeter discharge TSF at Dargues Mine. The TSF 
designs are informed by industry experts and fit-for-purpose for 
the local meteorological (ie. low rainfall and high evaporation 
rates), topographical (ie. utilising local topography to reduce site 
footprints) and other site specific conditions at each site. 

We aim to reduce the risks associated with our TSFs by utilising 
fit-for-purpose construction techniques and by seeking advice 
and guidance provided by independent industry experts. 

Our TSFs are operated in accordance with site specific Operation 
and Maintenance Manuals. This includes daily and monthly 
inspections and an annual inspection by an independent TSF 
engineer. Each of our sites have completed dam break analysis 
and have a Pollution Incident Response Management Plan that 
includes actions in case of emergencies including a contact list of 
people who could be impacted. 

In FY22, Aurelia will commence a project to review and establish 
improved tailings governance. A gap analysis of our TSFs against 
relevant standards and guidelines will be undertaken to develop 
a Tailings Management Standard and identify and commence 
verification of critical environmental controls.

Waste rock is stored in purpose-built Waste Rock Emplacements 
(WRE). The WREs that contain Potentially Acid Forming (PAF) 
waste rock are lined and drain to a lined leachate pond that 
captures drainage water (that has potential to have a low pH) 
during rainfall events. These leachate ponds are intermittently 
emptied into the process water ponds where the water is reused 
in our processing operations. 

Where waste rock is non-acid forming, it is used on the surface 
for TSF and other construction projects. A TSF embankment 
raise is planned at Peak Mine that will utilise waste rock. The 
embankment raise will allow Peak Mine to store more tailings 
within the TSF without expanding the TSF footprint. The raise is 
being designed and supervised by an expert tailings consultant 
and is part of a larger design plan that will see the TSF contain 
tailings until 2035 with multiple embankment raises occurring 
between now and then.

Most of the waste rock material currently being generated at 
Dargues Mine is being brought to surface as development of 
the decline to depth is still required. As the mine matures, less 
waste rock will be brought to surface as decline development 
rates decrease and more areas underground become available 
to temporarily store waste rock for use as backfill within empty 
stope voids. 

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY19

FY20

FY21

Tailings production (kt)

847

896

1,119*

Waste Rock  
production (kt)

21

189

153

* Tailings generation increased in FY21 due to the acquisition of Dargues

AURELIA METALS 

 51

ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

Water Management

Water is a shared resource with our communities, and Aurelia 
recognises we need to use water efficiently and protect receiving 
waters. Aurelia typically operates in environments with low 
rainfall and high evaporation. For example, around Cobar, the 
average annual rainfall is approximately 400mm per annum  
and the average annual evaporation rate is approximately 2m  
per annum. 

Aurelia is currently reviewing water use and security across all 
our assets. Dargues Mine has the capability to irrigate excess 
water during periods of heavy rainfall, such as was experienced 
in FY21. If heavy rainfall events lead to discharge via emergency 
spillways, the water quality is monitored to ensure we are not 
causing an issue for the environment or downstream water users.

Since the acquisition of Dargues Mine in December 2020, Aurelia 
has identified several gaps in the current water balance. We 
are currently working with independent experts to review 
and update water models and provide advice where gaps are 
identified. Due to the lack of water meters across the operation, 
water consumption and efficiency at Dargues Mine has largely 
been estimated. These gaps will be addressed, and data 
collection improved before the release of the FY22  
Sustainability Report. 

Across the Group, water use efficiency has improved from 
FY20. Further details of the Hera Mine’s water use efficiency 
improvements are presented in the case study below. 

WATER USE EFFICIENCY AND CONSUMPTION

FY19

FY20

FY21

Total water consumption (ML)

1,099

1,162

1,266*

Water use efficiency (kL / Aueq)

6.22

7.48

6.79*

*Note - Dargues Mine data is estimated. 

Water Use Efficiency and Availability at Hera Mine

Water availability at Hera Mine is a key risk given the local 
meteorological conditions. Like most of Victoria, NSW and 
southern Queensland, Hera Mine endured the drought through 
2018 to 2020. In response to the drought, Aurelia has been 
on a campaign to improve water use efficiency. By the end of 
FY21, the Hera Mine achieved a 25% improvement in water 
consumption per tonne of ore processed (1.2m3/t in FY20 
to 0.90 m³/t in FY21). 

These improvements were largely driven by improved  
recovery of water in the process plant and adjustments  
(including process control and flocculation dosing) to the  
tailings thickener to increase the percent solids in the tailings 
stream. This resulted in an approximate saving of 10m³ of  
water used per hour.

Furthermore, water availability across the Hera Mine was 
improved through a number of programs including:

 — bore field improvements:

 – cleaning and pump testing of bores to identify optimal 

operating conditions 

 – installation of variable speed drives on bores to operate 

within optimal ranges

 — installation of additional bores within the existing bore field

 — extension of the Project Boundary to encompass additional 

groundwater resources to the south of the Hera Mine and 
installation of new bores.

These actions are ongoing, and Hera will continue to seek water 
efficiencies around site. 

52 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

Peak Mine, NSW

AURELIA METALS 

 53

Peak Mine, NSW

54 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

MINERAL RESOURCE AND 
ORE RESERVE STATEMENT

The Group’s annual Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve statement relates to its 100% owned Peak, Hera and Dargues Mines,  
along with MREs for its 100% owned Federation deposit and 95% owned Nymagee Project in NSW. 

The Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve Estimate are reported in accordance with the guidelines of the 2012 Edition of the Australasian 
Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves (“JORC Code 2012”). The estimates are reported as  
at 30 June 2021.

Tables 1 to 10 summarise Group Mineral Resources, Ore Reserves and Production Targets.

TABLE 1. AURELIA GROUP MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATE AS AT 30 JUNE 2021.

Class 

Measured 

Indicated 

Inferred 

Total Resources

Tonnes (kt)

Au (g/t)

Cu (%)

Pb (%)

Zn (%)

Ag (g/t)

5,000

12,000

11,000

27,000

2.6

1.7

0.9

1.5

0.7

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.3

1.6

2.3

1.8

1.7

2.3

3.8

2.8

15

9

10

11

Note: The MRE is inclusive of Ore Reserves. There is no certainty that Mineral Resources not included in Ore Reserves will be converted to Ore Reserves.  
The Group MRE utilises a A$120/t net smelter return (NSR) cut-off for mineable shapes that include internal dilution for Peak, Nymagee and Federation,  
a A$100/t NSR for Hera and a 2 g/t Au cut-off for Dargues. NSR is an estimate of the net recoverable value per tonne including offsite costs, payables,  
royalties and metal recoveries. Values are reported to two significant figures which may result in rounding discrepancies in the totals.

TABLE 2. AURELIA GROUP ORE RESERVE ESTIMATE AS AT 30 JUNE 2021.

Class 

Proved

Probable

Total Reserves

Tonnes (kt)

NSR (A$/t)

Au (g/t)

Cu (%)

Pb (%)

Zn (%)

Ag (g/t)

2,300

2,100

4,400

230

210

220

2.7

2.5

2.6

0.5

0.5

0.5

1.8

1.9

1.8

2.5

2.3

2.4

17

11

14

Note: Values are reported to two significant figures which may result in rounding discrepancies in the totals.

MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATES

TABLE 3. PEAK MINE COPPER MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATE AS AT 30 JUNE 2021.

Class 

Measured 

Indicated 

Inferred 

Tonnes (kt)

Au (g/t)

Cu (%)

Pb (%)

Zn (%)

Ag (g/t)

2,700

5,900

5,600

2.3

1.2

0.8

1.2

1.1

1.8

2.0

1.8

0.2

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.2

0.1

8

6

9

7

Total Resources

14,000

Note: The Peak Mine MRE is inclusive of Ore Reserves. The MRE utilises A$120/t NSR cut-off mineable shapes that include internal dilution.  
Values are reported to two significant figures which may result in rounding discrepancies in the totals 

TABLE 4. PEAK MINE LEAD-ZINC MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATE AS AT 30 JUNE 2021.

Class 

Measured 

Indicated 

Inferred 

Total Resources

Tonnes (kt)

Au (g/t)

Cu (%)

Pb (%)

Zn (%)

Ag (g/t)

730

1,200

1,000

2,900

2.9

1.8

1.0

1.8

0.4

0.3

0.3

0.3

4.1

5.3

6.3

5.3

5.0

6.6

8.8

6.9

26

26

37

29

Note: The Peak Mine MRE is inclusive of Ore Reserves. The MRE utilises A$120/t NSR cut-off mineable shapes that include internal dilution. Values are 
reported to two significant figures which may result in rounding discrepancies in the totals.

AURELIA METALS 

 55

MINERAL RESOURCE AND ORE RESERVE STATEMENT (CONTINUED)

TABLE 5. HERA MINE MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATE AS AT 30 JUNE 2021.

Class 

Measured 

Indicated 

Inferred 

Tonnes (kt)

Au (g/t)

Cu (%)

Pb (%)

Zn (%)

Ag (g/t)

880

500

280

1.7

2.1

1.3

1.8

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

2.8

1.8

1.8

2.3

4.3

2.6

2.3

3.5

35

13

17

25

Total Resources

1,700

Note: The Hera Mine MRE is inclusive of Ore Reserves. The MRE utilises A$100/t NSR cut-off mineable shapes that include internal dilution. Values are 
reported to two significant figures which may result in rounding discrepancies in the totals.

TABLE 6. DARGUES MINE MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATE AS AT 30 JUNE 2021.

Class 

Measured 

Indicated 

Inferred 

Total Resources

Tonnes (kt)

Au (g/t)

380

1,200

570

2,100

6.0

4.8

5.1

5.1

Note: The Dargues Mine MRE is inclusive of Ore Reserves. The MRE is reported using a 2g/t Au cut-off. Values are reported to two significant figures which 
may result in rounding discrepancies in the totals.

TABLE 7. FEDERATION DEPOSIT MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATE AS AT 30 JUNE 2021.

Class 

Indicated 

Inferred 

Total Resources

Tonnes (kt)

Au (g/t)

Cu (%)

Pb (%)

Zn (%)

Ag (g/t)

1,500

3,500

5,100

2.2

0.3

0.9

0.4

0.3

0.3

6.1

5.2

5.5

10.0

9.0

9.3

8

7

7

Note: The Federation MRE utilises A$120/t NSR cut-off mineable shapes that include internal dilution. Values are reported to two significant figures which 
may result in rounding discrepancies in the totals. 

TABLE 8. NYMAGEE PROJECT MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATE AS AT 30 JUNE 2021.

Class 

Indicated 

Inferred 

Total Resources

Tonnes (kt)

Au (g/t)

Cu (%)

Pb (%)

Zn (%)

Ag (g/t)

1,400

40

1,500

0.1

0.1

0.1

2.3

1.6

2.3

0.8

0.2

0.8

1.5

0.5

1.5

18

10

18

Note: The Nymagee Project MRE utilises A$120/t NSR cut-off mineable shapes that include internal dilution. Values are reported to two significant figures 
which may result in rounding discrepancies in the totals.

56 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

MINERAL RESOURCE AND ORE RESERVE STATEMENT (CONTINUED)

ORE RESERVE ESTIMATES
The Ore Reserve Estimate is derived from only the Measured and Indicated categories within the Mineral Resource Estimate. 

TABLE 9. PEAK MINE COPPER ORE RESERVE ESTIMATE AS AT 30 JUNE 2021.

Class 

Proved

Probable

Total Reserves

Tonnes (kt)

NSR (A$/t)

Au (g/t)

Cu (%)

Pb (%)

Zn (%)

Ag (g/t)

940

740

1,700

200

170

190

2.4

1.6

2.1

1.2

1.3

1.2

0.2

0.1

0.2

0.2

0.1

0.1

4

6

5

Note: The Peak copper Ore Reserve Estimate utilises a A$80/t NSR cut-off for development and A$140-170/t NSR for stoping depending on mine area.  
Values are reported to two significant figures which may result in rounding discrepancies in the totals. 

TABLE 10. PEAK MINE LEAD-ZINC ORE RESERVE ESTIMATE AS AT 30 JUNE 2021.

Class 

Proved

Probable

Tonnes (kt)

NSR (A$/t)

Au (g/t)

Cu (%)

Pb (%)

Zn (%)

Ag (g/t)

Total Reserves

1,000

340

670

360

270

300

3.7

2.2

2.7

0.4

0.3

0.3

5.7

5.2

5.4

7.1

6.2

6.5

25

22

23

Note: The Peak lead-zinc Ore Reserve Estimate utilises a A$80/t NSR cut-off for development and A$155/t NSR for stoping. Values are reported to  
two significant figures which may result in rounding discrepancies in the totals. 

TABLE 11. HERA MINE ORE RESERVE ESTIMATE AS AT 30 JUNE 2021.

Class 

Proved

Probable

Total Reserves

Tonnes (kt)

NSR (A$/t)

Au (g/t)

Cu (%)

Pb (%)

Zn (%)

750

190

940

180

150

180

1.4

1.2

1.4

2.7

2.4

2.6

4.3

3.6

4.1

34

24

32

Note: The Hera Ore Reserve Estimate utilises a A$80/t NSR cut-off for development and A$100/t NSR cut-off for stoping. Values are reported to two  
significant figures which may result in rounding discrepancies in the totals.

TABLE 12. DARGUES MINE ORE RESERVE ESTIMATE AS AT 30 JUNE 2021.

Class 

Proved

Probable

Total Reserves

Tonnes (kt)

NSR (A$/t)

Au (g/t)

230

540

770

280

210

230

6.1

4.5

5.0

Note: The Dargues Ore Reserve Estimate utilises a A$80/t NSR cut-off for development and A$135/t NSR cut-off for stoping. Values are reported to two 
significant figures which may result in rounding discrepancies in the totals.

Refer to page [158-159] for Competent Persons Statements

AURELIA METALS 

 57

FINANCIAL  
STATEMENTS

Dargues Mine, NSW

58 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Directors’ report 

Operations and financial review  

Letter from the Chairman of the 
Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee 

Remuneration report (audited) 

 60

66

84

86

Auditor independence declaration  

108

Statement of profit or loss and  
other comprehensive income 

Statement of financial position 

Statement of changes in equity  

Cashflow statement  

Notes to financial statements 

Director’s declaration 

Independent Auditor’s report 
to the Members of Aurelia 
Metals Limited  

 109

110

111

112

 113

150

151

AURELIA METALS 

 59

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The following report is submitted in respect of the results of Aurelia Metals Limited (‘Aurelia’ or ‘the Company’) and its 
subsidiaries, together the consolidated group (‘Group’), for the financial year ended 30 June 2021, together with the 
state of affairs of the Group as at that date.

The Board of Directors submit their report for the year ended 30 June 2021.

1.  Directors and Officers
The names and details of the Company’s Directors in office during the financial year and until the date of this report are set out below. 
Directors were in office for this entire period unless otherwise stated.

Susan Corlett
Interim Independent Non-Executive Chairman

Appointed as a Director of the Company on 3 October 2018 and 
as Interim Independent Non-Executive Chairman on  
2 March 2021

Ms Corlett is a geologist with over 25 years’ experience in 
exploration, mining operations, mining finance and investment. 
Ms Corlett serves as a non-executive director of ASX listed 
Mineral Resources Ltd (ASX: MRL) and Iluka Resources Ltd 
(ASX: ILU) and as a director of a not-for-profit organisation, the 
Foundation of National Parks and Wildlife. Ms Corlett is also a 
Trustee of the AusIMM Education Endowment Fund. 

During her executive career, Ms Corlett was an Investment 
Director for global mining private equity fund, Pacific Road 
Capital Ltd and worked in mining credit risk management and 
project finance for Standard Bank Limited, Deutsche Bank and 
Macquarie Bank. 

Ms Corlett has a Bachelor of Science (Hons. Geology) from the 
University of Melbourne, is a graduate of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors, a Fellow of the AusIMM and a member of 
Chief Executive Women.

Ms Corlett is Chair of the Board’s Sustainability and Risk 
Committee and is a member of the Board’s Audit Committee.

During the past three years, Ms Corlett has served as a  
Director of:

 — Iluka Resources (ASX: ILU), appointed June 2020; and

 — Mineral Resources (ASX: MRL), appointed January 2021. 

Daniel Clifford
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

Appointed Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on  
25 November 2019

Mr Clifford is a Mining Engineer with more than 25 years’ 
experience across the industry. He was most recently the 
Managing Director & CEO of Stanmore Resources Limited (ASX: 
SMR) (Stanmore), a role he held from November 2016 to October 
2019. During his tenure, Stanmore saw significant growth in both 
output and profitability at its flagship Isaac Plains metallurgical 
coal mine in Queensland. This dynamic was reflected in 
Stanmore’s strong share price performance over this period.

Prior to this, Mr Clifford was the CEO of Solid Energy New 
Zealand Limited from March 2014 to November 2016. He guided 
the company through a period of significant financial pressure 
and challenging market conditions, including leading an asset 
sales program. Mr Clifford has also held senior technical and 
operational positions for Glencore plc, Anglo American plc and 
BHP Group Limited.

During the past three years, Mr Clifford has served as a Director 
of Stanmore Resources Limited (ASX: SMR). 

Lawrence Conway
Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed as a Director of the Company on 1 June 2017

Mr Conway has over 30 years’ experience in the resources sector 
across a diverse range of commercial, financial and operational 
activities. He has held a mix of corporate and operational 
commerce roles within Australia, Papua New Guinea and Chile 
with Evolution Mining, Newcrest and BHP Billiton. Mr Conway 
is also a Board member of the NSW Minerals Council and is a 
graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Mr Conway is the Chair of the Board’s Audit Committee. 

During the past three years, Mr Conway has served as a  
Director of:

 — Evolution Mining Limited (ASX: EVN), appointed October 

2011, and has held the position of Finance Director and Chief 
Financial Officer since August 2014. 

60 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Helen Gillies
Independent Non-Executive Director

Robert Vassie
Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed as a Director of the Company on 21 January 2021

Appointed as a Director of the Company on 21 January 2021

Ms Gillies is a corporate lawyer with over 30 years of experience 
in external and in-house legal counsel roles. This includes almost 
20 years in various senior legal and risk management roles at 
major engineering company, Sinclair Knight Merz, including the 
role of General Counsel and General Manager Risk. 

Ms Gillies is currently a non-executive director of Monadelphous 
Group Limited (ASX: MND), BAC Holdings Pty Ltd (the holding 
company for Bankstown and Camden Airports) and Yancoal 
Australia Limited (ASX: YAL). She has undergraduate degrees 
in Commerce and Law, and Masters degrees in Business 
Administration and Law. She is a Fellow of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors. 

Ms Gillies is a member of the Board’s Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee and the Board’s Sustainability and  
Risk Committee.

During the past three years, Ms Gillies has served as a  
Director of:

 — Monadelphous Group Limited (ASX: MND); and

 — Yancoal Australia Limited (ASX: YAL).

Paul Harris
Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed as a Director of the Company on  
17 December 2018

Mr Harris has more than 27 years’ experience in financial markets 
and investment banking, including advising mining corporates on 
strategy, mergers and acquisitions, and capital markets, including 
as Managing Director - Head of Metals and Mining at Citi. 

Mr Harris has a Masters of Engineering (Mining) and a Bachelor of 
Commerce (Finance) and is a graduate of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors.

Mr Harris is the Chair of the Board’s Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee and is a member of the Board’s  
Audit Committee. 

During the past three years, Mr Harris has served as a  
Director of:

 — Aeon Metals Limited (ASX: AML), appointed December 2014.

Mr Vassie is a mining engineer with over 35 years’ experience in 
management and operational roles within the global resources 
industry. Most recently, he was Managing Director and CEO of 
St Barbara Limited (ASX: SBM) from 2014 to 2020. Prior to that, 
Mr Vassie was Managing Director and CEO of Inova Resources 
Limited (ASX: IVA). He has also held various senior management 
and operational roles for almost 20 years at Rio Tinto Limited 
(ASX: RIO). Mr Vassie is currently the non-executive chairman 
of Ramelius Resources Limited (ASX: RMS) and a non-executive 
director of Federation Mining Pty Ltd.

Mr Vassie is a member of the Board’s Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee and the Board’s Sustainability and  
Risk Committee.

During the past three years, Mr Vassie has served as a  
Director of:

 — St Barbara Limited (ASX: SBM); 

 — Ramelius Resources Limited (ASX: RMS); and

 — Alita Resources Limited (ASX: A40, now delisted).

Ian Poole 
Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

Appointed as Company Secretary on 1 July 2020

Mr Poole was appointed as Chief Financial Officer and Company 
Secretary at the beginning of the financial year. Mr Poole is a 
highly experienced commercial executive with over 20 years 
in senior roles within listed global resources and engineering 
companies. He has held key commercial positions within several 
metal mining businesses including the US business unit of 
Pasminco Limited, Savage Resources Limited and Outokumpu 
Mining Australia Pty Ltd.

Mr Poole’s most recent position was CFO and Company Secretary 
at metallurgical coal producer, Stanmore Resources Limited (ASX: 
SMR), a role he held for three years. Prior to that, he was CFO 
at Sedgman Limited (previously listed) and General Manager, 
Commercial, at Rio Tinto Coal Australia Limited.

AURELIA METALS 

 61

Gillian Nairn
Company Secretary

Appointed as Company Secretary on 2 June 2019

Ms Nairn has over 20 years legal and governance experience working both in-house and as a consultant. She is a founder and director of 
Dolmatoff Nairn Corporate Governance, a company secretarial service provider.

Ms Nairn holds a Bachelor of Laws and Bachelor of Arts from UNSW and a Graduate Diploma in Applied Corporate Governance. She is a 
Fellow of the Governance Institute of Australia and a member of the Law Society of NSW.

Directors and Officers who no longer hold office at the date of this report are as follows:

Colin Johnstone
Appointed as a Director and Chairman of the Company on 28 November 2016 and retired on 2 March 2021.

During the past three years, Mr Johnstone has also served as a Director of:

 — Evolution Mining (ASX: EVN), retired March 2020.

Michael Menzies
Appointed as a Director of the Company on 15 December 2015 and retired on 1 October 2020. 

Directors’ Interests
At 30 June 2021, the interests of the Directors in the shares and other equity securities of the Company were:

Ordinary 
Shares

Performance 
Rights

33,731

-

1,565,201

4,613,781

225,850

-

250,000

250,000

-

-

-

-

2,324,782

4,613,781

Director

Susan Corlett

Daniel Clifford

Lawrence Conway

Paul Harris

Helen Gillies 

Robert Vassie

Total

62 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

DIRECTOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED)2.  Meetings of Directors
The number of Board of Director meetings and Board Committee meetings held during the year and each Director’s attendance at those 
meetings is set out below:

Director

Susan Corlett

Daniel Clifford

Lawrence Conway

Paul Harris

Helen Gillies

Robert Vassie

Colin Johnstone

Michael Menzies

Directors’ Meetings

(i)

18

18

18

18

5

5

14

6

(ii)

18

18

18

18

5

5

14

5

 Committee meetings of the Board:

Audit

(i)

6

-

6

6

-

-

-

-

Remuneration & 
Nomination

Risk & Sustainability

(ii)

(i)

(ii)

6

-

6

6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

8

2

2

6

4

-

-

-

8

2

2

6

4

(i)

7

-

-

-

3

3

4

2

(ii)

7

-

-

-

3

3

3

1

(i)  Held – Indicates the number of Board meetings held during the period of a Director’s tenure or the in the case of Committee meetings, whilst the Director was a 

member of Committee. 

(ii)  Attended – Indicates the number of meetings attended by a Director. While non-member Directors are entitled to attend Committee meetings (subject to any 

conflicts), these attendances are not reflected in the above table. 

The members of the Board’s Committees at 30 June 2021 are:

Audit Committee: Lawrence Conway (Chair), Susan Corlett and Paul Harris  
Remuneration and Nomination Committee: Paul Harris (Chair), Helen Gillies and Robert Vassie 
Sustainability and Risk Committee: Susan Corlett (Chair), Helen Gillies and Robert Vassie

4. Indemnification of Auditors
To the extent permitted by law, the Company has agreed to 
indemnify its auditor as part of the terms of its audit engagement 
agreement against claims by third parties arising from the audit 
(for an unspecified amount). No payment has been made to 
indemnify the auditor during or since the financial year.

3. Indemnification and Insurance of 

Directors and Officers

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in 
respect to a contract insuring the Directors of the Company, the 
Company Secretaries, all executive officers of the Company, and 
of any related body corporate against a liability incurred to the 
extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001. The contract of 
insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability and 
the amount of the premium.

The Company provides a Deed of Indemnity, Insurance and 
Access with Directors and Officers. In summary, the Deed 
provides for: access to corporate records for each Director for a 
period after ceasing to hold office in the Company; the provision 
of Directors and Officers Liability Insurance; and an indemnity 
for legal costs incurred by Directors in carrying out the business 
affairs of the Company.

Except for the above the Company has not otherwise, except 
to the amount permitted by law, indemnified or agreed to 
indemnify an officer or auditor of the Company or of any related 
body corporate against a liability incurred, during or since the 
financial year.

AURELIA METALS 

 63

DIRECTOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED)5. Dividends
On 25 August 2020, the Board of Directors resolved to pay a fully franked dividend of $0.01 per share related to the year ended 30 June 
2020. The total dividend of $8.7 million was paid in October 2020. 

The Board of Directors did not declare a dividend for the year ended 30 June 2021.

6. Corporate Structure
Aurelia Metals Limited is a company limited by shares that is incorporated and domiciled in Australia. The Aurelia Group (the ‘Group’) 
comprises of the following wholly owned subsidiaries:

Entity name

Defiance Resources Pty Ltd

Hera Resources Pty Ltd

Nymagee Resources Pty Ltd

Peak Gold Asia Pacific Pty Ltd

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

Dargues Gold Mine Pty Ltd

Big Island Mining Pty Ltd

Incorporation date

15 May 2006

20 August 2009

7 November 2011

26 February 2003

31 October 1977

12 January 2006

3 February 2005

7. Performance Rights
As at the date of this report, there are 10,523,362 Performance Rights in issue. The Performance Rights are unlisted and have terms as 
set out below:

Grant
Date

28-11-16

04-12-18

04-12-18

29-11-19

29-11-19

29-11-19

19-11-20

26-12-20

Total

Expiry or
Test Date

Exercise
Price

Balance at
start of year

Granted
 during
the year

Vested 
during
the year

30-06-20

30-06-20

30-06-21

30-06-22

25-11-20

25-11-21

30-06-23

30-06-23

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

750,000

770,893

613,421

2,812,696

1,565,201

1,565,201

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,696,714

4,608,363

-

-

-

-

(1,565,201)

-

-

-

Expired
during
the year

(750,000)

(770,893)

(305,452)

Balance at
year end

-

-

307,969

(341,976)

2,470,720

-

-

-

-

1,565,201

1,696,714

(125,605)

4,482,758

8,077,412

6,305,077

(1,565,201)

(2,293,926)

10,523,362

The performance rights have various share price and operational performance measures. Refer to the Remuneration Report for further 
details. No performance right holder has any right under the performance right to participate in any other share issue of the Company or 
any other entity.

8. Future Developments
Refer to the Operations and Financial Review for information on future prospects of the Company. 

64 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

DIRECTOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED)9. Environmental Regulation And Performance
The Directors are not aware of any environmental incidents during the year that would have a materially adverse impact on  
the Company. 

During FY21, the Group was issued with two Penalty Infringement Notices (PIN) and a Warning Letter, as described below: 

 — A PIN was issued to Big Island Mining Pty Ltd in February 2021 related to non-compliance to the development consent conditions for 
the Dargues Mine. This non-compliance took place prior to Aurelia taking ownership of the Company from 17 December 2020 (the 
acquisition date). The $15,000 PIN was settled by the previous owners; 

 — A PIN was issued to Hera Resources Pty Ltd following an internal review of water licensing onsite. During the internal review, it was 

identified that the haulage of surface water from nearby property dams to the Hera Mine was not generally in accordance with Hera’s 
Environmental Assessment. The non-compliance was self-reported to the relevant authorities who concurred with the Company’s 
assessment. A $15,000 PIN was issued and paid in June 2021; and

 — A Warning Letter related to a non-compliance was issued to Hera Resources Pty Ltd related to a concentrate haulage vehicle being 

operated outside of curfew hours. This was a breach of the Company’s development consent conditions and was self-reported to the 
relevant authorities. 

There were several other minor non-compliances to development consent conditions during the year. All minor non-compliances were 
reported to the relevant authorities as soon as the Company became aware of the incidents. Immediate actions were taken to return the 
operation to compliance. 

No regulatory action or fines have been received by the Company in response to these minor incidents and due to the minor nature of 
the incidents, no such action is anticipated.

10. Currency and Rounding of Amounts
All references to dollars are a reference to Australian dollars ($A) unless otherwise stated. ($A) may be used for clarity.

Aurelia Metals Limited is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 
2016/191 and in accordance with that instrument, amounts in the Financial/Directors’ Reports are rounded to the nearest thousand 
dollars, except when indicated otherwise. Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this document may not add up precisely to 
the totals provided.

11. Auditor Independence and Non-Audit Services
During the year the Company’s auditor, Ernst & Young Australia provided non-audit services. The directors are satisfied that the provision 
of non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. The 
nature and scope of each type of non-audit service provided means that auditor independence was not compromised.

The amounts received by Ernst & Young Australia for non-audit services are contained in Note 25 of the financial statements.

The Company has obtained an independence declaration from its auditor, Ernst and Young, which forms part of this report. A copy of that 
declaration is included on the page 108.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

Susan Corlett 
Interim Chairman 

Daniel Clifford 
Managing Director & CEO

Brisbane 
24 August 2021

AURELIA METALS 

 65

DIRECTOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED)OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

1. Overview
Aurelia Metals Limited (‘Aurelia’ or the ‘Company’) is an Australian gold and base metals mining and exploration company. The Company’s 
gold-dominant position benefits from substantial by-product revenue credits (which include zinc, lead, copper and silver). The Company 
owns and operates three underground mines (Peak, Hera and Dargues) and processing facilities. The Peak and Hera Mines are located in 
the mineral rich Cobar Basin in central western New South Wales (NSW), while the Dargues Mine is located in south-eastern NSW. 

Aurelia’s vision and strategic focus is founded upon several key principles: 

Our Strategy

Simple, durable and returns focused

Sustainable 
Progression

Maximise existing 
infrastructure and assets

Direct capital to  
the highest return

 — An organisation that excels through  
our people and superior performance

 — Leverage off a strategic asset base  
in the Cobar Basin and regional NSW

 — A trusted, sustainable and  

beneficial presence in the areas  
which we operate

 — Maximise returns via life  
extensions and operating  
discipline driving margin

 — Growth profile underpinned by 
financial discipline and tension  
for the $’s deployed

 — Gold dominant, high value asset  

base, ‘copper ready’

Deliver long term value and returns growth

 — 4 – 5 mine asset portfolio continuously driving Group cost and Reserve improvement

 — Cycle proofed mine lives and commodity mix

Aurelia’s strategy is underpinned by its core values, which guide the way its employees work to ensure the safety and wellbeing of our 
people, and to the benefit of Shareholders and communities where the Company operates. Aurelia is also committed to minimising 
environmental and carbon impacts at our operating mine sites and in the development of new projects.

Our Values

Integrity

Certainty

Courage

Performance

We do what’s right

We plan and execute well

We step up

We own the result

Aurelia recognises that the achievement of its vision and overall success is reliant on the Company conducting all activities in line with its 
values, and ethical standards and behaviour in accordance with the law and societal expectations. 

The Company continues to advance its strategic growth objectives. During FY22, the Company will advance its priority organic growth 
projects through staged evaluation studies and regulatory permitting. In addition, the Company will continue to unlock exceptional 
upside from its highly prospective tenements and landholdings through its exploration and evaluation activities (refer to Section 3 of this 
report). 

66 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

2. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
The Company finished FY21 in a strong financial and operating position and is well placed to continue to pursue its strategic objectives. 
The key highlights from FY21 include:

Sustainability

 — Major reduction in workplace injuries, with a 58% improvement on Total Recordable Injury 

Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

 — Substantial improvement in environmental performance, with an 82% reduction in reportable 

environmental incidents 

 — Initiatives in the areas of workplace diversity and climate change

 — Sustained focus on COVID-19 management and response plans

 — Achieved FY21 Group production and cost guidance 

 — Group gold production of 104koz at an AISC of $1,337/oz (FY20: 92koz at $1,526/oz)

 — Peak gold production of 57koz of gold at an AISC of $867/oz (FY20: 47koz at AISC of  

$1,737/oz)

Production and  
Cost Performance

 — Hera gold production of 31koz of gold at an AISC of $1,206/oz (FY20: 45koz at AISC of 

$1,150/oz)

 — Dargues gold production since acquisition of 15koz at an AISC of $2,483/oz (reflecting the 

operation’s ramp-up phase) 

 — Ore processed at Peak increased 10% to 625ktpa, from FY20

 — Ore processed at Hera increased 9% to 446ktpa, from FY20

 — Successful completion of the Dargues Mine acquisition and integration

 — Federation Scoping Study completed, and Feasibility Study (FS) commenced, with enabling 

works and permitting underway 

Growth

 — Highly successful ongoing drill program at the high-grade polymetallic Federation Deposit

 — Substantial 63% Mineral Resource upgrades across the asset portfolio; including Federation, 

Great Cobar and Kairos

 — Significant Ore Reserve growth expected in FY22 with Maiden Ore Reserves targeted for 

Federation and Great Cobar 

 — Strong Balance Sheet maintained, with $74.5M cash in bank at 30 June 2021

 — Net profit before tax increased by 58% to $71.6 million (FY20: $45.2 million)

 — Underlying net profit before tax increased by 108% to $86.1 million (FY20: $45.2 million). Refer 

to section 2.1 for more detail

 — Record EBITDA result of $154.1 million (FY20: $103.4 million), EBITDA margin of 40%  

(2020: 30%)

 — Record underlying EBITDA; an increase of 69% to $168.6 million (FY20: $99.6 million). Refer to 

Financial outcomes

section 2.1 for more detail

 — Operating cash flow improved by 24% to $136.6 million (FY20: $110.5 million)

 — Refinanced debt facilities to support growth

 — A new $115.0 million secured Syndicated Facilities Agreement executed to support the 

acquisition and integration of the Dargues Mine 

 — Equity raising of $124.8 million completed through fully underwritten Institutional Placement 

and Entitlement Offer and a Retail Entitlement Offer

 — FY20 Final Dividend of $0.01 per share totaling $8.7 million paid in October 2020

AURELIA METALS 

 67

2.   Operating and Financial Performance (continued)

2.1  Profit and financial performance
The Group has achieved a statutory net profit after tax of $42.9 million for the year ended 30 June 2021. Included in the statutory net 
profit are some significant once-off transactions which are not in the ordinary course of ongoing business activities. These transactions 
total $20.0 million and relate to costs and stamp duty paid for the acquisition of the Dargues Gold Mine. 

 The net profit result comparison to the prior year is summarised below: 

 Net Profit

Sales revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Business Combinations - Dargues Mine acquisition transaction costs  
and stamp duty

Other income and expenses, net

Net profit before income tax and net finance expenses

Net finance expenses

Net profit before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net profit after income tax expense

2021
$’000

416,477

(308,753)

107,724

(20,002)

(10,580)

77,142

(5,528)

71,614

(28,697)

42,917

2020
$’000

 331,819

(259,845)

71,974

-

(25,192)

46,782

(1,575)

45,207

(15,765)

29,442

The underlying net profit is presented to improve the comparability of the net profit results between periods.

Underlying net profit:

Net profit before income tax expense

Add back: 

Business Combinations - Dargues Mine acquisition costs and stamp duty

Fair value adjustment/remeasurement of financial assets and liabilities 

Underlying net profit before income tax expense1

Current tax on profits for the year

Underlying net profit after tax expense1

2021
$’000

71,614

20,002

(5,472)

86,144

(28,697)

57,447

2020
$’000

45,207

-

(3,887)

41,320

(15,765)

25,555

Change
%

26%

(19%)

50%

(100%)

58%

65%

(251%)

58%

(82%)

46%

Change
%

58%

100%

(41%)

108%

(82%)

125%

1 

Underlying net profit reflects the statutory net profit adjusted to reflect the Directors’ assessment of the result for the ongoing business activities of the 
Consolidated Entity. 

The items adjusted for are determined to be not in the ordinary course of business and relate to transaction and advisory fees and stamp duty expense incurred 
for the acquisition for the Dargues Mine (which occurred on 17 December 2020) and the fair value adjustment/remeasurements for financial assets and liabilities 
at 30 June 2021. The presentation of non-IFRS financial information provides stakeholders the ability to compare against prior periods in a consistent manner. 
These numbers are not required to be audited.

68 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED) 
2.   OPERATING AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE (continued)

2.1  Profit and financial performance (continued)
The year-on-year net profitability movements are graphically illustrated below:

140,000

120,000

100,000

80,000

60,000

40,000

20,000

0

GROUP UNDERLYING NET PROFIT AFTER TAX

Increase

Decrease

Total

47,605

(11,125)

(17,521)

37,053

(20,150)

8,961 1,586 71,614

20,002

86,144

(5,472)

45,207

(20,002)

57,447

(28,697)

T
B
P
N

0
2
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3

e
u
n
e
v
e
R
d
o
G

l

e
u
n
e
v
e
R
t
c
u
d
o
r
P
y
B

)
s
e
u
g
r
a
D

l
c
x
e
(

s
t
s
o
C
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O

s
t
s
o
c
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
o

s
e
u
g
r
a
D
n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
A

r
e
h
t
O

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

s
n
o
i
t
a
n
b
m
o
C

i

s
e
u
g
r
a
D

:

n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
A

n
o
i
t
a
s
i
t
r
o
m
a
d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a

i
c
e
r
p
e
d

1
2
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
T
B
P
N

t
n
e
m
e
r
u
s
a
e
m
e
r

d
n
a
s
t
n
e
m
t
s
u
d
a
e
u

j

l
a
v
r
i

a
F

1
2
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3

T
B
P
N
g
n
i
y
l
r
e
d
n
U

:

k
c
a
b
d
d
A

i

s
n
o
i
t
a
n
b
m
o
C
s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

t
n
e
m
e
r
u
s
a
e
m
e
r

d
n
a
s
t
n
e
m
t
s
u
d
a
e
u

j

l
a
v
r
i

a
F

r
a
e
y
r
o
f
s
t
fi
o
r
p
n
o
x
a
t

t
n
e
r
r
u
C

1
2
0
2
e
n
u
J
0
3
T
A
P
N
g
n
i
y
l
r
e
d
n
U

Sales revenue from gold sold during the year was $37.1 million higher than FY21. This was driven by an increase in gold sold (10% higher 
with 103koz sold during FY21). The average gold price realised during the year was $2,476/oz (6% higher on average in comparison to 
FY20). By-product sales revenue was $47.6 million higher driven by a combination of both higher prices and increased volumes. The 
increased volumes are a result of higher base-metal ore grades and tonnes processed at both the Peak and Hera mines. 

The operating costs for the year, excluding the Dargues Mine, were $11.1 million higher due to increased activities, in comparison to the 
prior year. The changes were as a result of:

 — an increase in site costs at the Peak Mine of $9.1 million reflecting the increase in volumes mined and processed during the year;

 — site costs at the Hera Mine during FY21 remained largely in line with the year prior despite the increase in volumes; and 

 — increased transportation costs at Hera related to higher volumes of bulk concentrate.

AURELIA METALS 

 69

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.   Operating and Financial Performance (continued)

2.1  Profit and financial performance (continued)
The addition of the Dargues Mine from 17 December 2020, contributed total site costs of $17.5 million. The depreciation and 
amortisation expense attributable to Dargues is $20.1 million. 

The other significant movements for the year include:

 — the once-off transaction costs totalling $20.0 million related to the acquisition of the Dargues Mine have been added back to the 

underlying net profit to improve the comparability of performance between the financial years presented; 

 — fair value adjustment and remeasurement relates to the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities at balance date which have been 
added back to the underlying net profit to improve the comparability of performance between the financial years presented. The 
adjustments include a favourable adjustment of $8.4 million for the Triple Flag (third party royalty) liability related to the Dargues 
Mine, offset by $2.8 million which includes the revaluation ordinary shares held in Sky Metals Limited (ASX: SKY); and

 — tax expense of $28.7 million increased by 82% in comparison with the prior year. This was due to higher profits (58%) and recognises 

that the acquisition and stamp duty costs associated with the Dargues acquisition are not deductible for tax purposes. 

The effective tax rate during the period was 42% is elevated in comparison to the notional tax rate. This is largely due to the acquisition 
and stamp duty costs of $20.0 million (associated with the Dargues acquisition) being not deductible for tax purposes. 

Group Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) 

Group EBITDA is a metric used to evaluate operating performance. During FY21, the Group achieved a record EBITDA. The EBITDA and 
underlying EBITDA results in comparison to the prior year are summarised below: 

Underlying Group EBITDA

Profit before income tax and net finance expenses 

Depreciation and amortisation 

EBITDA1 

Business combinations - Dargues Mine acquisition costs and stamp duty

Fair value adjustment/remeasurement of financial assets and liabilities

Underlying EBITDA 2

2021
$’000

77,142

76,927

2020
$’000

46,782

56,665

154,069

 103,447

20,002

(5,472)

168,599

-

(3,887)

99,560

Change
%

65%

(36%)

49%

(100%)

(41%)

69%

1 

EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation) is a non-IFRS measure.

2   Underlying EBITDA (non-IFRS measure) reflects statutory EBITDA as adjusted to reflect the Directors’ assessment of the result for the ongoing business 

activities of the Consolidated Entity. 

The items adjusted for are determined to be not in the ordinary course of business and relate to transaction and advisory fees and stamp duty expense incurred 
for the acquisition for the Dargues Mine (on 17 December 2020) and fair value adjustments/remeasurements of financial assets and liabilities at 30 June 2021. 
The presentation of non-IFRS financial information provides stakeholders the ability to compare against prior periods in a consistent manner. These numbers are 
not required to be audited.

A strong EBITDA margin was delivered, with an underlying EBITDA margin of 40% being recorded. This was a significant improvement in 
comparison to the prior year underlying EBITDA margin of 30%. 

70 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED) 
2.   Operating and Financial Performance (continued)

2.2  Cash flow performance
FY21 was a growth and capital-intensive period for the Company. Throughout, the Company has been supported by reliable operating 
cashflows and has maintained a strong balance sheet which places the Company on a strong footing to continue to pursue its  
strategic objectives. 

The Company’s cash flow for the year ended is summarised below:

Group cash flows

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Net movement in cash

Net foreign exchange difference

Cash at the beginning of the year

Cash at the end of the year

2021
$’000

136,643

(285,387)

144,867

(3,877)

(694)

79,103

74,532

2020
$’000

 110,531 

(111,479)

(23,689) 

 (24,637)

(562)

 104,302

 79,103

Change
%

24%

(156%)

712%

(84%)

23%

(24%)

(6%)

The net cash inflows from operating activities amounted to $136.6 million (2020: $110.5 million) which enabled the Company to:

 — invest into the business through organic growth projects, including Federation, Great Cobar, development of the Kairos deposit at 

the Peak Mine, and extensive exploration activities;

 — contribute to the funding for the acquisition of the Dargues Mine and to support the ramp-up and integration of the operation; and

 — make a return to Shareholders through a fully franked dividend that was paid in October 2020. 

Net cash outflow from investing activities was $285.4 million (2020: $111.5 million). The key investing activities this year comprised:

 — acquisition of the Dargues Mine in NSW for cash consideration paid of $165.3 million;

 — sustaining mine capital, excluding lease payments, of $40.0 million (2020: $34.1 million);

 — growth capital of $26.3 million (2020: $36.4 million); and

 — exploration and evaluation of $20.6 million (2020: $12.2 million);

Net cash outflow from financing activities of $144.9 million (2020: $23.7 million) includes the following key activities:

 — a dividend payment of $8.7 million paid in October 2020 (2020: $17.5 million);

 — capital raising activities totalling $124.8 million (net of fees) to support the acquisition and integration of the Dargues Mine; and

 — term loan drawdown of $45.0 million to support the acquisition and integration of the Dargues Mine. 

AURELIA METALS 

 71

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)2.  Operating and Financial Performance (continued)

2.3  Group operational summary
The key operating results for the Group are summarised below:

Production volume 

Gold 

Silver - contained metal

Copper - contained metal

Lead - contained metal

Zinc - contained metal

Sales volume

Gold doré and gold in concentrate

Silver doré and silver in concentrate

Payable copper in concentrate

Payable lead in concentrate

Payable zinc in concentrate

Average prices achieved1

Gold 

Silver 

Copper 

Lead 

Zinc

2021
$’000

103,634

692,133

4,720

25,894

25,059

102,589

461,426

4,356

22,432

18,341

2,476

34

10,927

2,676

3,613

2020
$’000

 91,672

 571,525

 6,262

21,561

 20,087

 93,174

 369,797

 5,306

 18,390

 12,783

 2,325

 25

 8,560

 2,775

 3,028

Change
%

13%

21%

(25%)

20%

25%

10%

25%

(18%)

22%

43%

6%

38%

28%

(4%)

19%

oz

oz

t

t

t

oz

oz

t

t

t

A$/oz

A$/oz

A$/t

A$/t

A$/t

All in sustaining cost2

$/oz

1,337

 1,526

(12%)

1 

2 

After realised hedge gains/ losses

All-in Sustaining Costs (AISC) is a non-IFRS measure and is not required to be audited. Group AISC includes site costs (mining processing, administration, changes 
in inventory), royalty, transport and smelter expenses, by-product credits (silver, copper, lead and zinc sales), sustaining capital, corporate costs, divided by gold 
sold during the year.

The Group’s operational performance outcomes for FY21 were underpinned by:

 — increased gold production across the Group, with the Peak Mine contributing 57koz, the Hera Mine contributing 31koz and the 

Dargues Mine contributing 15koz since acquisition by Aurelia;

 — significant improvements to ore processing throughput at Peak and Hera, with a 10% and 9% increase respectively;

 — meaningful benefit from the polymetallic ore types at both Peak and Hera providing significant by-product credits;

 — solid gold recovery rates maintained across the group (Peak 92.7%, Hera 86.3% and Dargues 93.5%);

 — stable and consistent operating costs across each of the sites; and

 — Group AISC meeting the FY21 guidance target. 

72 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED) 
 
 
 
2.  Operating and Financial Performance (continued)

2.4  Dargues Mine operational summary
On 17 December 2020, Aurelia acquired 100% of the Dargues Mine and regional exploration tenements by way of the acquisition of all 
shares in Dargues Mine Pty Ltd from Diversified Minerals Pty Ltd. The Dargues Mine is located in NSW, approximately 60km south-east  
of Canberra. 

The mine’s development and construction were completed prior to Aurelia’s acquisition. The operation produced its first gold 
concentrate in June 2020, whilst the process plant reached its nameplate annualised capacity of approximately 355ktpa in  
September 2020. 

The purchase consideration for the acquisition included the following elements: 

 — $165.3 million in cash paid (before net working capital adjustments);

 — $24.0 million in Aurelia ordinary shares at A$0.43/share. The Scrip Payment is subject to escrow until at least the release of Aurelia’s 

FY21 Appendix 4E and Financial Reports; and

 — a contingent element of up to a maximum of A$5 million, payable in the form of Aurelia’s ordinary shares or cash that is conditional 

on the addition of incremental JORC compliant Mineral Resources discovered at Dargues up to 30 June 2022.

The key performance metrics for the Dargues Mine, since acquisition, are tabulated below. 

Dargues Mine 

Ore Processed

Gold grade 

Gold Recovery 

Gold production

AISC (All In Sustaining Cost)1 

1 

AISC is a non-IFRS measure.

Period from 
17 December 2020 
to 30 June 2021

  170,804

2.93

93.5

15,186

2,483

kt

g/t

 %

oz

$/oz 

Throughout the second-half of FY21, underground mining activities continued to ramp-up to design levels. Mine development was 
prioritised towards decline advance and access to new production areas. By the end of FY21, the operation had demonstrated the 
monthly development, ore production, backfill placement and mill throughput volumes required to sustain steady state production. Gold 
head grade in FY21 was lower than expected as a consequence of stoping sequence delays caused by poor local ground conditions and 
mill feed being supplemented from lower grade sources. Mined ore grades are forecast to increase significantly above FY21 levels as 
production is delivered from deferred stopes and the mine develops to access higher in-situ grade at depth. 

Aurelia’s stated strategic objective is to deliver long term value and returns growth. The acquisition of Dargues Mine: 

 — provided a logical, attractive asset that complements the Hera and Peak mines in NSW, allowing for the diversification of Aurelia’s 

asset base and an enhancement of production scale;

 — firmly establishes Aurelia as a mid-cap gold dominant producer, which also benefits from significant by-product credits, bringing 

group gold production in line with Aurelia’s mid-cap ASX gold peers;

 — increased Group contained gold in ore reserves by 66% at the time of the acquisition (refer to page 14 of ASX announcement dated 

13 November 2020: Strategic Acquisition and Capital Raising);

 — improves forecast Group AISC and All In Costs (AIC) over the Life Of Mine (LOM) ranges for Dargues; and

 — enhances Aurelia’s asset portfolio, whilst also providing avenues for additional financial returns from mine life extension and 

operating discipline.

AURELIA METALS 

 73

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)2. Operating and Financial Performance (continued)

2.4  Dargues Mine operational summary (continued)
Following signing of the Share Sale Agreement (SSA) for the acquisition, Aurelia moved quickly to undertake an extensional and infill 
resource drilling program. The program targeted Mineral Resource growth along strike and at depth, as well as providing additional 
confidence to the existing Mineral Resource estimates. 

The results from the program informed the Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve estimates in July 2021, that demonstrated resource 
growth well in excess of depletion from the commencement of mining. Further assay results remained pending at the time of the release 
and, as such, the results were not included as part of Aurelia’s annual Group Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve Statement. 

Aurelia will continue to optimise mine production, implement mine design and process circuit improvements and extend mine life and 
annual production rate (subject to permitting approvals). 

2.5  Peak Mine operational summary
The key performance metrics for the Peak Mine are tabulated below. 

Peak Mine 

Ore processed

Gold grade 

Copper grade

Lead grade 

Zinc grade 

Gold recovery 

Production Volume

Gold production 

Copper production 

Lead production 

Zinc production 

2021
$’000

624,565

3.07

0.95

3.17

2.82

92.7

57,080

4,720

15,829

10,791

2020
$’000

568,537

2.72

1.19

2.51

1.72

93.7

46,641

6,262

12,088

6,744

Change
%

10%

12%

(20%)

26%

64%

(1%)

22%

(25%)

31%

60%

kt

g/t

%

%

%

%

oz

t

t

t

AISC (All in sustaining cost)1 

$/oz

867

1,737

(50%)

1 

AISC is a non-IFRS measure.

The upgraded Peak process plant was commissioned in February 2020, allowing the operation to realise greater payability from the 
various polymetallic ores. The optimisation of the plant, campaign processing of ore types and improved underground material handling 
rates has allowed the site to increase mill throughput by 10% to 624,565 kt (FY20: 568,537 kt).

The total gold sold during the year was 54,822 oz at an AISC of $867/oz (FY20: 46,369 oz at an AISC of $1,737/oz). Higher lead and zinc 
head grades, coupled with improved throughput resulted in improved lead and zinc production. In turn, this has yielded strong base 
metal by-product credits that have contributed to the AISC cost result. 

During FY21, Aurelia focussed on establishing development access to the lower portion of the Kairos deposit via a decline from the 
existing Perseverance workings at Peak. Recent activity has involved the establishment of ore drives, the primary ventilation system and 
secondary egress from the deposit. In June 2021, the first stope ore from Kairos was mined following the completion of the emergency 
escape way.

Total sustaining capital expenditure for the year was $17.9 million (FY20: $30.2 million), largely related to mine development and support 
capital. Sustaining capital expenditure was lower in comparison to the prior year due to the prioritisation of the development decline to 
the new Kairos deposit, which was classified as growth capital. Total growth capital expenditure amounted to $25.2 million.

74 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)2.  Operating and Financial Performance (continued)

2.5  Peak Mine operational summary (continued)
The Company is committed to continued exploration and resource definition drilling at Peak.  Significant additional underground 
drilling was completed in and around the Kairos deposit during the period, extending the deposit down plunge and along strike. Copper 
mineralisation was also intercepted immediately to the east of the Kairos deposit, with work ongoing to establish the potential of 
this area (refer to ASX releases dated 29 March 2021 and 1 July 2021). A substantial infill and extensional drilling program was also 
completed at Great Cobar during the period, resulting in improved confidence in the existing resources and extensions to mineralisation 
both up- and down-plunge (refer to ASX release dated 29 June 2021). 

2.6  Hera Mine operational summary
The key performance metrics for the Hera Mine are tabulated below:

Hera Mine 

Ore processed

Gold grade 

Lead grade 

Zinc grade 

Gold recovery 

Production Volume

Gold production 

Lead production 

Zinc production 

2021
$’000

445,828

2.48

2.44

3.46

86.3

31,369

10,064

14,268

2020
$’000

410,495

3.84

2.55

3.53

88.3

45,031

9,472

13,343

kt

g/t

%

%

%

oz

t

t

AISC (All in sustaining cost)1 

$/oz

1,206

1,150

1 

AISC is a non-IFRS measure.

Change
%

9%

(35%)

(4%)

(2%)

(2%)

(31%)

6%

7%

5%

The operational outcomes realised from the Hera Mine during FY21 were founded upon sustainable incremental plant improvements. 
This initiative resulted in higher mill operating time and throughput rates (9% increase in ore processed in comparison to FY20) and 
consistent gold recoveries despite declining feed grade. 

As anticipated, the lower gold feed grade was somewhat offset by increased lead and zinc production that provided substantial by-
product credits which is expected to continue for the remaining mine life. Sustainment of mine production rates, plant optimisation and 
throughput rates are being prioritised as ore with lower gold and higher base metal grades are processed in the future.

Underground infill and extensional drilling continued at the Hera Mine during the period, with up-dip areas in the North Pod and Hays 
North being a particular focus. The identification of gold and base metal mineralisation above the existing stoping areas in the Hays 
North lens is highly encouraging. The potential for this area to add material to Hera’s Life of Mine plan is currently being investigated.

In the near-term, the focus for the Company is to accelerate exploration and evaluation works in relation to the Federation deposit. The 
Federation Project has the potential to leverage from the established mine infrastructure at the Hera Mine. Given the exceptionally high-
grade tenor, Aurelia considers Federation to be one of the most significant discoveries in the region in the last 30 years (refer to section 
3.1 for further detail on Federation).

AURELIA METALS 

 75

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)3.  Growth and Exploration
Aurelia’s exploration and evaluation activities continue to unlock 
exceptional value. Targeted exploration and resource definition 
drilling throughout FY21 has delivered exceptional results within 
Aurelia’s highly prospective tenement holding. 

The Company is committed to pursuing its growth strategy and 
will continue to focus on its priority projects throughout FY22. 

The Company’s preeminent projects and targets are  
summarised below:

3.1   Federation Project
The Federation deposit, which was discovered in April 2019, is 
located fifteen kilometres south of the historic copper mining 
town of Nymagee and 10 kilometres south of Aurelia’s operating 
Hera Mine in central western NSW. 

The Federation Project is a base and precious metal deposit that 
hosts high-grade lead, zinc and gold mineralisation. Federation is 
an attractive near-term development prospect. Drilling in FY22 is 
planned to confirm the Project’s preferred development pathway 
and advancing preparatory works.

Project evaluation 

Aurelia completed a Scoping Study in March 2021. The study 
examined possible project development scenarios and identified 
a preferred configuration to be investigated in more detail at the 
next study phase. The study leveraged established infrastructure 
and operating knowledge at the nearby Hera Mine which 
provided greater confidence in productivity, cost and commercial 
parameters relative to a full greenfield project development.

Aurelia’s Board of Directors approved the commencement of 
a Feasibility Study (FS) based on the favourable Scoping Study 
findings and preferred mining method, flowsheet and the ability 
of the Project to benefit from existing Hera infrastructure to 
minimise the social and environmental impacts of the Project. 
The expected timing for the completion of the FS is mid-2022. 

In the meantime, Aurelia is establishing additional 
accommodation capacity at the Hera village. The Company has 
also lodged an application for the development of an exploration 
decline to allow infill and extensional drilling from underground 
platforms and extraction of a 20 kt bulk sample for metallurgical 
evaluation. The Company also initiated an Environmental Impact 
Study (EIS) and supporting works program to advance the Project 
through the NSW regulatory approvals process.

Exploration and Mineral Resource

The Company released an updated Mineral Resource Estimate 
(MRE) for Federation in February 2021. Since then, the Company 
has continued an intensive campaign of diamond drilling, with 
the focus moving to the central and southwestern portions of the 
deposit, where several significant intercepts were reported (refer 
to ASX announcement dated 30 June 2021: Federation Returns 
Best Base Metal Intercepts to date). Results from this program 
underpinned a further MRE update in July 2021 that reported a 
45% tonnage increase relative to the MRE published in  
February 2021.

The Federation deposit remains open in multiple directions. 
The Company is undertaking an accelerated drilling program to 
upgrade MRE confidence from Inferred to Indicated status, with 
four drill rigs operating at the site in early FY22. This program 
is expected to underpin the maiden Ore Reserve Estimate in 
Federation following completion of the FS in mid-2022. 

3.2  Great Cobar 
Aurelia commenced a surface drilling campaign at the Great 
Cobar deposit in late September 2020, with the aim of building 
confidence in the existing Indicated and Inferred MRE and to test 
high potential extensional targets. 

The infill portion of the drill program furnished high grade base 
metal results (refer to ASX announcement dated 29 March 
2021: Great Cobar and Kairos Drilling Update), whilst the drilling 
activities on areas up and down plunge of the MRE intercepted 
very significant copper-gold and zinc-lead-silver mineralisation. 
It also demonstrated that mineralisation extends more than 
100 metres below the current MRE, highlighting the potential 
for further copper mineralisation at depth (refer to ASX 
announcement dated 28 June 2021: Copper Potential Unlocked 
at Great Cobar).

Project Evaluation

Aurelia initiated a Prefeasibility Study (PFS) to examine potential 
future mining scenarios for Great Cobar. The PFS is evaluating the 
potential for Great Cobar production to be treated at the Peak 
process plant. The PFS is due for completion in the December quarter 
of FY22 and assuming a positive outcome, will allow the release of a 
maiden Ore Reserve for the deposit. 

The Company plans to access the Great Cobar deposit via 
development of an approved exploration decline from the existing 
New Cobar workings, which are located approximately 1.5 km to the 
southeast. Aurelia has lodged an EIS to the Department of Planning, 
Industry and Environment for development consent to mine the 
deposit and is preparing a response to public and government 
submissions received during the EIS process. 

76 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)3. Growth and Exploration (continued)

Exploration and Mineral Resource

Aurelia’s recent infill drill program supported an increase to the 
MRE tonnage for Great Cobar by 43% to 5.8Mt (refer to ASX 
announcement dated 23 July 2021: Group Mineral Resource and 
Ore Reserve Statement). The updated MRE is being used for mine 
design activities being undertaken for the PFS. 

3.3   Kairos
The Kairos discovery was announced in early 2019 and was 
bought into production in June 2021. The Kairos deposit is 
situated below the Peak Mine workings, around 700 metres 
to the north and slightly deeper than the Chronos lode, with a 
similar steeply plunging geometry.

The Company has established an exploration drilling platform to 
support an intensive ongoing drilling campaign, with a particular 
focus on extensions to the deposit at depth and along strike to 
the north. This has yielded further high-grade intercepts (refer 
to ASX announcement dated 1 July 2021: Kairos Delivers further 
high grades). 

Future drilling will target both resource upgrade drilling in the 
middle and upper sections of the lode and resource extensions 
at depth.

3.4  Dargues
Consistent with Aurelia’s stated objective following the 
announcement of the acquisition of the Dargues Mine, the 
Company embarked upon a resource upgrade and extensional 
drilling campaign. Recent results have confirmed multiple 
zones of gold mineralisation beyond the existing resource 
footprint (refer to ASX announcement dated 1 July 2021: Gold 
Mineralisation extended at Dargues).

The Dargues mineralisation remains open in several directions. 
The areas along strike to the west of the Main Lode and to the 
east of the Plums Lode also remain very sparsely drill tested and 
are set to be targeted in FY22.

3.5  Other near-mine and regional exploration
The Company’s exploration tenements remain highly prospective. 
Other near-mine and regional exploration targets will continue 
to be explored and evaluated based on the ranking of relative 
prospectivity. 

For further detail, including drill results, refer to the Aurelia 
website (www.aureliametals.com.au). 

4. Safety, Risk and Sustainability
During the year, the Company built upon the momentum 
established in FY20 following the introduction of Aurelia’s Safe 
Metals strategy. The strategy focuses on improving health and 
safety outcomes and includes several targeted initiatives that 
have bought about a significant improvement in the safety 
outcomes across the business. 

The activities during FY21 were directed towards providing 
certainty of no fatalities and no major environment or community 
incidents (incidents having a detrimental impact on the 
environment that would impact Aurelia’s reputation and licence 
to operate).

Aurelia has placed a strong emphasis on leadership standards, 
measures and systems, along with rigorous reviews of incidents 
with the aim of preventing repeat occurrences. 

The major focus areas during FY21 included:

Fatal Hazard Standards

Several Group standards were developed, supported by Critical 
Control Verification programs, to define requirements for 
appropriately engineered work environments, fit for purpose 
equipment, and a trained workforce.

Environment Catastrophic Hazards

A Group standard was developed to address catastrophic 
environmental hazards, supported by a Critical Control 
Verification program.

Rules to Live By

A defined set of rules by which all people working at Aurelia sites 
are required to comply. The rules are based on industry research 
where breaches of such rules may result in fatalities. Training was 
completed for all personnel.

Green Rules

The Rules to Live By were extended to Green Rules which outline 
a set of non-negotiable rules that prevent environmental harm.

Lead Indicator Program

A program focussing on visible leadership and the proactive 
verification of safety and environmental compliance to defined 
standards. The program includes a defined activity matrix which 
includes Safe Act Observations (SAO), Workplace Inspections, and 
Planned Task Observations (PTO).

Competency Framework

A competency matrix developed to map employee training 
and development plans and to identify and address any gaps in 
expected competencies.

AURELIA METALS 

 77

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)4. Safety, Risk and Sustainability 

(continued)

Closeout of Actions

A groupwide approach for the tracking and reporting of actions 
in the Company’s event management system was developed.

High Potential Risk Incidents (HPRI’s)

The Group continued to focus on High Potential Risk Incidents 
(HPRI’s) and trends overseen by the Senior Taskforce for 
Significant Incidents where all HPRI’s are fully investigated, and 
actions implemented with lessons learnt shared across the Group 
to prevent repeat incidents.

5. Corporate 
The increase in corporate costs during the year are indicative 
of activities undertaken in relation to mergers and acquisitions 
processes and group growth focussed activities. The corporate 
costs for the year were $13.8 million (2020: $9.2 million). 

In addition to this, there was expenditure directly attributable to 
the acquisition of the Dargues Mine totalled $20.0 million, which 
includes stamp duty of $13.3 million. 

5.1  Dividends
On 25 August 2020, the Board of Directors resolved to pay a fully 
franked dividend of $0.01 per share related to the year ended 30 
June 2020. The total dividend of $8.7 million was paid in  
October 2020. 

The Board of Directors did not declare a dividend for the year 
ended 30 June 2021.

5.2  Balance Sheet
The total assets increased during the year to $656.5 million (30 
June 2020: $343.8 million), representing an 91% increase. This 
increase is primarily due to the Company’s acquisition of Dargues 
($190.5 million) and continued investment in mine development 
and the pursuit of organic growth through exploration and 
evaluation activities, focussing on the two preeminent projects of 
Federation and Great Cobar. 

The other main events and movements during the year include:

Assets

 — investment in mine development, including Kairos at Peak, 
totalling $67.8 million (refer to note 11 of the Financial 
Statements)

 — investment in Property, plant and equipment of $14.4 million 

(refer to note 10 of the Financial Statements)

 — investment in Exploration and Evaluation totalling $20.7 
million, which includes Federation, Great Cobar, Dargues 
(since acquisition) and other regional targets (refer to note 
12 of the Financial Statements)

 — restricted cash of $8.6 million relates to cash backing as 
required under the $50 million Guarantee Facility, which 
forms part of the Syndicated Facilities Agreement

Liabilities

 — interest bearing loans totalling $34.4 million (net of fees 
paid) relates to $45 million loan facility as part of the 
Syndicated Facilities Agreement drawn down in support of 
the acquisition of Dargues Mine in December 2020

 — other financial liabilities totalling $43.4 million, includes $39.2 

million recognised for future third party royalties payable on 
gold sales from the Dargues Mine 

 — increase in total provisions of $20.8 million mostly 

attributable to an increase in rehabilitation provisions for 
Peak and Hera totalling $10.3 million and the recognition of 
the rehabilitation provision for Dargues of $13.4 million

Equity

 — capital raising of $124.8 million, net of fees, completed in 

December 2020 to support the acquisition and integration of 
Dargues Mine

78 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)5. Corporate (continued)

5.3  Hedging
The Company acknowledges that a prudent hedging strategy 
is an important element of financial risk management and 
overarching enterprise risk management. On 30 June 2021, the 
Company had the following hedges in place:

a) Mandatory gold hedging

Under the secured Syndicated Facilities Agreement effected on 
16 December 2020, Aurelia implemented an initial 12-month gold 
hedging program which entailed 55koz of gold being hedged at 
an average price of A$2,442/oz. Since then, the rolling 12-month 
program has been maintained. 

At 30 June 2021, the Company had hedged 41.6koz of gold at an 
average price of A$2,437/oz with monthly maturities (deliveries) 
through to 30 June 2022.

b) Quotation Period hedging

Aurelia delivers concentrate to customers on the industry 
standard basis where a provisional payment is received for the 
provisional metal sold based on the prevailing market price at the 
time of the shipment. 

The final sale value for the actual metal sold is determined at 
the end of the Quotation Period (QP) per the sale contract. 
The typical QP under Aurelia’s arrangements with customers is 
generally 1 to 3 months. 

The Company has initiated a program by which it hedges between 
0% to 90% of the metal price exposure based on the provisional 
invoice for contained metal sold. This program is undertaken to 
minimise any impact from price volatility causing potential for a 
liability (repayment of sale proceeds to the customer) which may 
result from a lower metal price being realised at the end of  
the QP. 

At 30 June 2021, the company had 483 tonnes of zinc hedged at 
a price of US$2,854 per tonne and 601 tonnes of lead hedged at a 
price of US$2,175 per tonne. 

6. Material Business Risks
Aurelia Metals prepares its business plan using estimates 
of production and financial performance based on a range 
of assumptions and forecasts. There is uncertainty in these 
assumptions and forecasts, and risk that variation from them 
could result in actual performance being different to expected 
outcomes. The uncertainties arise from a range of factors, 
including the nature of the mining industry, and general 
economic factors. The material business risks faced by the Group 
that may have an impact on the operating and financial prospects 
of the Group at period end are outlined below.

6.1   Fluctuations in the commodity price and Foreign 

Exchange rates

The Group’s revenues are exposed to fluctuations in the US$ price 
of gold, silver, lead, zinc and copper. Volatility in metal prices creates 
revenue uncertainty and requires careful management of business 
performance to ensure that operating cash margins are maintained 
despite metal price volatility. 

Gold doré sales are denominated in A$, whilst concentrate sales 
are denominated in US$. The Company has a foreign exchange 
price risk when the US$ price of a commodity is translated back 
to A$. 

During the financial year, gold sales were 102,589 ounces. The 
effect on the income statement to an A$50/oz increase/decrease 
in gold price would have been an increase or decrease in gold 
revenue of $4.1 million.

During the financial year, the Company sold base metal 
concentrates containing payable lead of 22,432 tonnes, payable 
zinc of 18,341 tonnes, and payable copper of 4,356 tonnes. An 
increase or decrease of US$50/t in the price of lead, zinc and 
copper would increase or decrease revenue by $2.3 million.

Declining metal prices can also impact operations by requiring a 
reassessment of the feasibility of an exploration target and/or 
evaluation project. Even if a project is ultimately determined to 
be economically viable, the need to conduct such a reassessment 
could cause substantial delays and/or may interrupt operations, 
which may have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations and financial position.

AURELIA METALS 

 79

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)6.   Material Business Risks (continued)

6.2  Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves
Group Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves are estimates, and no 
assurance can be given that the estimated reserves and resources 
are accurate or that the indicated level of metal or other mineral 
will be produced. Such estimates are based on interpretations 
of geological data obtained from drill holes and other sampling 
techniques. Actual mineralisation or geological conditions may be 
different from those predicted. No assurance can be given that 
any part of the Company’s mineral resources constitute or will be 
converted into reserves.

Market price fluctuations of metal prices, as well as increased 
production and capital costs, may render some of the Company’s 
ore reserves unprofitable to develop for periods of time or may 
render some low margin ore reserves uneconomic. Reserves 
may have to be re-estimated based on actual production and 
cost experience. Any of these factors may require the Company 
to modify its ore reserves, which could have either a positive or 
negative impact on the Company’s financial results.

6.3  Replacement of depleted reserves
The Company must continually replace reserves depleted by 
production to maintain production levels over the long-term. 
Reserves can be replaced by expanding known ore bodies, 
locating new deposits, acquiring new assets or achieving higher 
levels of conversion from resource to reserve with improvements 
in production costs and or metal prices. Exploration is highly 
speculative in nature and as such, the Company’s exploration 
projects involve many risks and can often be unsuccessful. Once 
a prospect with mineralisation is discovered, it may take several 
years from the initial discovery phase until production is possible.

As a result, there is no assurance that current or future 
exploration programs will be successful. There is a risk that 
depletion of reserves will not be offset by discoveries or 
acquisitions, or that divestment of assets will lead to a lower 
reserve base. The mineral base of the Company may decline 
if reserves are mined without adequate replacement and the 
Company may not be able to sustain production beyond the 
current mine life, based on current production rates.

6.4  Production and cost estimates
The Company routinely prepares internal estimates of future 
production, cash costs and capital costs of production. The 
Company has developed business plans which forecast metal 
recoveries, ore throughput and operating costs for each business 
unit. While these assumptions are considered reasonable, there 
can be no guarantee that forecast rates will be achieved. Failure 
to achieve production or cost estimates could have an adverse 
impact on the Company’s future cash flow, profitability and 
financial solvency.

The Company’s actual production and costs may vary from 
estimates for a variety of reasons, including:

 — actual ore mined varying from estimates of grade, tonnage, 

dilution and metallurgical and other characteristics;

 — short-term operating factors relating to the ore reserves, 

such as the need for sequential development of ore bodies 
and the processing of new or different ore grades;

 — revisions to mine plans; 

 — risks and hazards associated with mining; 

 — natural phenomena, such as inclement weather conditions, 

water availability, floods; and

 — unexpected labour shortages or strikes.

Costs of production may also be affected by a variety of factors, 
including ore grade, metallurgy, labour costs, consumable costs, 
commodity costs, general inflationary pressures and currency 
exchange rates.

6.5  Financial solvency
The Company has borrowings amounting to $36.9 million 
at balance date and maintains a significant cash balance. 
Maintaining sufficient liquidity to operate the business is 
impacted by the operational and financial risk factors identified 
in this section under ‘Material Business Risks’. 

With three operating assets and the production of multiple 
commodities (gold, lead, zinc, copper and silver), the Company 
has a reduced risk exposure relative to prior years given the 
spread and separation of risks. Asset diversification can help 
with reducing financial risk, but it cannot guarantee events or 
circumstances that may cause financial solvency risk to increase. 
The Board and management monitors solvency at all times and 
aims to manage the business with an acceptable level of working 
capital to mitigate solvency risk.

80 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)6.   Material Business Risks (continued)

6.6  Mining risks and insurance risks
The mining industry is subject to significant risks and hazards, 
including environmental hazards, industrial accidents, unusual 
or unexpected geological conditions, unavailability of materials 
and equipment, rock failures, cave-ins, and weather conditions 
(including flooding and bushfires) – most of which are beyond the 
Company’s control. 

These risks and hazards could result in significant costs or delays 
that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
financial performance, liquidity and operations results.

The Company maintains insurance to cover some of these risks 
and hazards. The insurance is maintained in amounts that are 
believed to be reasonable depending on the circumstances 
surrounding each identified risk. However, property, liability and 
other insurance may not provide sufficient coverage for losses 
related to these or other risks or hazards.

6.7  Management skills and depth
The mining industry in general may be subject to a shortage of 
suitably experienced and qualified personnel in key technical 
roles. Attracting and retaining key persons with specific 
knowledge and skills are critical to the viability and growth of 
the Company. The Company maintains a suitably structured 
remuneration strategy to assist with the attraction and retention 
of key employees. However, the risk of loss of key employees 
is always present. This risk is managed through having active 
and broad recruitment channels and the ability to rely upon 
other suitable personnel and qualified external contractors and 
consultants when required. 

6.8  COVID-19 Measures
The safety and wellbeing of our people and contractors, and 
the communities where they live and operate, remains Aurelia’s 
core priority. The Company has therefore implemented, and 
will continue to implement, intervention measures targeted at 
minimising the risk of potential transmission of COVID-19. These 
include a range of measures with respect to underground mining, 
processing plants, accommodation and logistics operations, 
as well as at site and in corporate offices. The Company has 
developed COVID-19 Crisis Management Teams and a Pandemic 
Plan with Trigger Actions for appropriate responses to protect 
people, communities and assets depending on the nature and 
locality of COVID-19 cases.

The persistency of the COVID-19 pandemic, although challenging, 
has not had a material impact on the business, and with no 
incidents at any Aurelia operations. 

The Company has some employees and contractors who reside 
interstate and who travel to its operating mine sites in NSW to 
work. Interstate border restrictions and COVID-19 lockdown 
restrictions are a risk managed by the Company. 

As at the date of this report, the pandemic remained ongoing  
and evolving. 

6.9  Environment and Sustainability

Environmental, health and safety regulations, permits

The Company’s mining and processing operations and exploration 
activities are subject to extensive laws and regulations governing 
the protection of the environment. This includes regulation of 
waste disposal, worker safety, mine development and protection 
of endangered and other special status species. 

Real or perceived events associated with the Company’s activities 
(or those of other mining companies) that detrimentally impact 
the environment, human health and safety, or the surrounding 
communities may result in penalties, including delays in obtaining 
or failure to obtain government permits and approvals. This may 
adversely affect the Company’s operations, including its ability to 
continue operations. 

The Company has implemented health, safety and community 
initiatives at its operations to ensure the health and safety of 
its employees, contractors and members of the community 
affected by its operations. However, there is no guarantee that 
such measures will eliminate the occurrence of accidents or 
other incidents which may result in personal injuries, damage to 
property, and in certain instances such occurrences could give 
rise to regulatory fines and/or civil liability.

Water scarcity

Water can be a scarce commodity in regional NSW. Water is a 
significant input into processing activities and access to sufficient 
water to support current and future activities is critical. The 
impact of drought conditions serves to increase this risk. The 
Company has established reliable sources of water which are an 
alternative to high security water sources.

Each of the mine operations prioritise the use of recycled water 
for its processing activities to preserve water reserves and to 
limit the use of external water sources.

Hera utilises water from a range of water sources, including 
ground water bores and water from the historic Nymagee 
underground workings which is located nearby. 

Peak Mine obtains high security water from the Burrendong Dam 
to supplement other water sources, including water from the 
historic Great Cobar underground workings.

AURELIA METALS 

 81

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)6.   Material Business Risks (continued)

6.9  Environment and Sustainability (continued)
Dargues utilises water from storage facilities located on site which 
may need to be supplemented by other sources, if required, while 
additional water security projects are being progressed.  

Significant changes in the state of affairs

Apart from the items as noted elsewhere in this report, there 
were no significant changes in the state of affairs of the Company 
during the financial year.

Community relations 

The Company has operations near established communities. Active 
community engagement and a proactive outlook and approach 
to local community stakeholder concerns and expectations is a 
key priority. The mining industry in general is subject to potential 
community relations related risks which may result in a disruption 
to production and exploration activities and delay the approval 
timelines for key development activities.

Significant events after the balance date

The following significant events occurred after 30 June 2021:

1.   On 23 July 2021, the Company released its 2021 Mineral 

Resource and Ore Reserve Statement and the 2021 Group 
Production Target Statement.

Future developments

The Company recognises that by building respectful relationships 
with the communities in where it operates, creates a shared value 
that is mutually beneficial. Community relations initiatives such as 
community forums, community development programs, donations, 
and sponsorships are coordinated to ensure active  
community engagement. 

Other likely developments in the operations of the Company and 
the expected results of those operations in future financial years 
have not been included in this report, as the inclusion of such 
information is likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the 
Company. Accordingly, this information has not been disclosed in 
this report.

Environmental regulations

The Company is subject to significant environmental regulation 
in respect to its exploration, mining and processing activities. 
The Company aims to ensure the appropriate standard of 
environmental care is achieved, and in doing so it is aware of 
and complies with all environmental legislation. Other than 
the matters outlined earlier in the report, the Directors of the 
Company are not aware of any material breach of environmental 
legislation for the year under review.

The Company’s operating philosophy is to ensure that the 
Company’s activities are carried out legally, ethically, and with 
integrity and respect. Being a significant employer and consumer 
within the communities in where it operates, the Company 
acknowledges the immeasurable responsibility bestowed on it. 
The Company’s active community engagement program provides 
a platform for the Company to understand stakeholder needs and 
to work towards proactively addressing concerns and mitigating 
any risk. 

6.10 Climate Change
Aurelia acknowledges the potential for climate change to impact 
our business and is committed to understanding and proactively 
managing the impact of climate related risks to our business and 
our environment. The highest priority climate related risks include 
the following: reduced water availability, changes to legislation 
and regulation, reputation risk, as well as market changes and 
shareholder activism. Sustainable environmental considerations, 
such as energy sources and usage, are also being built  
into our planning and decision-making processes for our  
future developments.

82 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)Hera Mine, NSW

AURELIA METALS 

 83

LETTER FROM THE CHAIRMAN OF 
THE REMUNERATION AND NOMINATION COMMITTEE

Applying the successful BBP process in FY22, we will build 
upon the significant improvements achieved in safety and 
environment in FY21 and accelerate initiatives which have 
commenced across the other key pillars. 

This year we also used a research-based approach to take first 
steps towards other important initiatives in Sustainability, 
Inclusion and Diversity. The Company has commenced a process 
to complete a baseline assessment on our carbon footprint 
to inform our position on climate change and strategies to 
decarbonise the business. We also conducted 91 confidential 
one-on-one interviews across the sites and the corporate 
office to better understand current inclusion and diversity 
performance. The research results will inform our strategy 
and the development of measurable targets in FY22 with the 
Aurelia Board already committing to ensuring 25% of Board 
members are women (as a minimum).

Through our organic and inorganic growth strategies, the 
Company achieved a solid finish to FY21 with:

 — a strong balance sheet including cash of $74.5 million;

 — successful completion of the Dargues Mine acquisition and 

integration into the business; 

 — substantial upgrades in Mineral Resources across the asset 
portfolio, including Federation, Great Cobar (Cu-Au) and 
Kairos; 

 — the Federation Scoping Study completed with the Feasibility 
Study (FS), enabling works and permitting underway; and

 — achieved FY21 Group production guidance and the AISC 

result was better than guidance.

These outcomes provide the platform for our next phase  
of growth.

Dear Shareholder,

On behalf of the Board of Directors of Aurelia Metals Limited, I 
am pleased to present our FY21 Remuneration Report.

Over the past year, the Company has made significant progress 
towards its vision of sustainable long term shareholder returns 
which has been anchored by the delivery of our short-term 
objectives. In FY21 the focus has been on creating a resilient 
organisation with stable and reliable performance as a platform 
for sustainable growth. This has resulted in a number of 
significant achievements that I am proud to share with you.

Performance

In FY21, Aurelia introduced a robust organisational planning 
process to connect every employee in the business to the 
Company’s direction and to drive a deep commitment to 
organisational success.

The Balanced Business Plan (BBP) brings together leaders 
across the business to address the key risks and opportunities 
as Aurelia embarks on its next growth phase. Against these 
factors, the BBP plots projects and initiatives under the five 
pillars of: 

 — Health Safety, Environment and Community;

 — People and Organisation;

 — Operations;

 — Growth; and 

 — Financial Outcomes.

The BBP pillars are underpinned by continuous improvement 
projects to realise a step change in business performance. 
This process has given the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee the opportunity to link BBP objectives to Aurelia’s 
remuneration and incentive plans. 

In FY21 Aurelia’s Safe Metals strategy has seen a 58% reduction 
in workplace injuries and an 82% reduction in reportable 
environmental incidents. This outstanding result has been 
achieved through a number of initiatives including the 
introduction of: 

 — the Rules to Live By;

 — the Green Environmental Rules;

 — lead indicator programmes;

 — development of fatal hazard standards and Critical Control 

Verification; and 

 — investigation and controls for High Potential Risk Incidents to 

prevent repeat incidents. 

84 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Remuneration and Governance

Following extensive engagement with our stakeholders 
(including proxy advisors) and to align with our revised 
governance, remuneration framework and strategy, the 
Board made a number of changes to remuneration policy  
and practice.

I’m pleased to report the Company now has a more clearly 
defined remuneration framework and has updated the 
Remuneration and Nominations Committee Charter. 

We have incorporated suggestions to improve corporate 
governance (including environmental and social governance) in 
our activities and have attempted to articulate these areas more 
clearly in this Report.

The report now provides greater clarity and transparency and 
includes improved illustrations through graphs and tables. A 
refined Remuneration philosophy and objectives are articulated 
and the link between incentives and performance is explained. 

There is also greater detail on performance measures, hurdles 
and assessment including how the Board assesses the more 
qualitative and discretionary components of rewards. 

During the year we introduced a Malus Policy and other 
initiatives including providing shares to all employees (not 
just the Senior Leadership Team) through an Employee Share 
Scheme. This is intended to foster an ‘owners’ mindset’ by 
aligning employees with the long-term Company strategy and 
allowing them to share in the Company’s success. 

The Report also details changes to Non-Executive Director 
fees to strengthen the Board and to assist in attracting 
quality Board members in accordance with the Board skills-
matrix. To this end, we welcomed new Board members 
Robert Vassie and Helen Gillies in January 2021, and we 
are in the process of recruiting a new Chairman.

With three producing assets and two major organic 
growth projects being advanced, the Company is 
about to commence an exciting new chapter. In an 
increasingly competitive labour market, I’m confident 
our remuneration strategy will enable us to attract 
and retain the high performing team we need to take 
us forward while strongly aligning employee interest 
with sustained gains in shareholder wealth. 

I thank you for your interest and support of  
our Company.

Paul Harris 
Chairman – Remuneration and Nomination Committee

LETTER FROM THE CHAIRMAN OF THE REMUNERATION AND 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE (CONTINUED)

AURELIA METALS 

 85

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)

This Remuneration Report forms part of the Directors’ Report for the year ended 30 June 2021. 
This report outlines the details of the remuneration arrangements for the Directors and Key 
Management Personnel (KMP). It also outlines the overall remuneration strategy, framework 
and practices adopted by Aurelia in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 
2001 and its Regulations. 

For the purposes of this report, KMP are defined as those persons having authority and 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company and 
the Group, directly or indirectly, including any Director of the Company (whether executive  
or otherwise).

REMUNERATION REPORT TABLE OF CONTENTS

This Remuneration Report is set out under the following main headings:

1.  Organisational developments and outcomes  

2.  Key Management Personnel (KMP) 

3.  Remuneration Governance and role of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee 

4.  Remuneration Overview 

5.  Managing Director & CEO and other executive KMP remuneration 

6.  Service Agreement key terms 

7. 

 How performance is linked to the variable remuneration for the Managing Director & CEO and other executive KMP 

8.  Malus Policy 

9.  Non-executive Directors’ remuneration 

10.  Remuneration of Key Management Personnel 

11.  Shareholdings of Directors and other KMP 

86 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

87

89

90

91

92

94

94

103

103

104

106

 
1.  Organisational developments and outcomes

1.1.  The external environment 
The persistency of COVID-19, although challenging, did not 
have a material impact on the business throughout FY21 
(or since the beginning of the pandemic). The Company 
has established COVID-19 Crisis Management and Incident 
Management Teams that meet regularly at an executive and 
operational level, and has a robust Pandemic Plan with trigger 
action responses to manage scenarios to protect employees, 
contractors, communities, and assets. This has served the 
Company well with each of the organisation’s divisions 
continuing to meet performance objectives with  
minimal disruption. 

Given the limited impact of the pandemic on the FY21 
performance outcomes, there was no requirement to adjust 
remuneration as a result. However, Aurelia’s Board and 
Management Team remain cognisant that the pandemic 
is constantly changing and remain vigilant in proactively 
identifying and managing any potential business impact.

The labour market for the industry continues to be 
characterised by labour shortages and businesses are 
under increasing pressure from an attraction and retention 
perspective due to strong competition for labour. Aurelia will 
continue to monitor and adjust its remuneration strategy in 
response to the current market conditions.

1.2.  How have we responded
During the last twelve months, the Company has made 
significant progress on a range of initiatives aimed at 
strengthening the foundations for success. Key to this approach 
has been a fresh focus on leadership capabilities and building a 
culture founded upon shared vision and values, with an aligned 
workforce striving for high performance outcomes.  This has 
been supported by a robust performance management system 
and the remuneration framework.

The Company will continue to refine this framework to 
ensure there is a clear and articulated link between executive 
remuneration and Aurelia’s strategy and annual plans. This will 
encompass pillars that we have defined as key to our success, 
being: 

 — Health Safety, Environment and Community;

 — People and Organisation;

 — Operations;

 — Growth; and 

 — Financial Outcomes.

The remuneration framework and the key performance 
measures related to variable ‘at-risk’ remuneration is built upon 
these key drivers. 

1.3.  Our remuneration philosophy 
Aurelia’s remuneration philosophy is to provide executives 
and employees with a combination of remuneration elements, 
which includes performance-based measures designed to drive 
a long-term sustainable strategy and short-term performance 
objectives. This is supported by an overarching framework 
which prescribes organisational structure and remuneration to 
enable Aurelia to:

 — attract, engage and retain high-calibre employees in order 

to achieve the Company’s current and future business needs; 
and

 — cultivate a performance-based culture whereby competitive 

remuneration and reward are aligned to business and 
shareholder objectives.

AURELIA METALS 

 87

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

1.  Organisational developments and outcomes (continued)

1.4.  Key remuneration developments in FY21 
During FY21, the Company has continued to refine the 
strategies and governance processes which support the 
Company’s remuneration objectives. Some of the activities 
completed include:

 — implementation of a Malus Policy, based on the underlying 
principle that an executive of the Company should not 
receive ‘at-risk’ remuneration if the Board determines that 
such remuneration would be an inappropriate benefit (refer 
to Section 8 for further detail);

 — increased Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR) for executive KMP 
following a review of remuneration at peer companies and 
aligned with increases awarded across the entire workforce;

 — externally benchmarked the fee structure for Non-Executive 
Directors against peers to ensure the Company can attract 
and retain the highest quality candidates for Board positions;

 — increased the Non-Executive Director fee structure effective 
1 April 2021, which now provides for fees related to Board 
sub-committee responsibilities, as summarised in Section 9;

 — following Shareholder approval on 19 November 2020, 

increased the aggregate fee pool available for Non-Executive 
Directors remuneration from $750,000 to $1,000,000 per 
annum;

 — met the 0.5% increase in legislated Superannuation 

Guarantee (SG) effective from 1 July 2021 (this increase is 
separate from the annual performance and salary review); 
and

 — introduced an Employee Share Scheme to all employees 

(previously limited to the Senior Leadership team) to create 
an ‘owner’s mindset’ by aligning employees with the long-
term company strategy and allowing them to share in the 
Company’s success.

With consideration to the strong balance sheet and financial 
position of the Company, the Board of Directors decided 
it was neither necessary nor fitting for the Company to 
claim JobKeeper benefits from the Federal Government 
notwithstanding the Company’s eligibility to make a claim 
during certain periods of the pandemic.

1.5.  Changes to remuneration during the year
Aurelia continues to grow, and with a clear strategy to acquire 
and/or develop new projects the Board recognises that the 
overarching remuneration framework and related governance 
controls need to be reviewed on an ongoing basis. This includes 
the Company’s incentive plans for ‘at-risk’ remuneration, which 
are reviewed to ensure the plans remain relevant and meet the 
underlying objective of creating alignment with Aurelia’s short 
and long-term business objectives.

During the year, the following actions noted in the FY20 
Remuneration Report were finalised:

 — governance controls and procedures were embedded to 

ensure termination benefits are restricted to the parameters 
set forth in the Corporations Act. In the event the Company 
wishes to award a termination benefit more than the cap 
defined in Part 2D.2 of the Corporations Act, the Company 
will seek approval from Shareholders. The Company’s 
executive employment contracts articulate that the value 
of termination benefits is limited to the maximum amount 
permitted by the Corporations Act without Shareholder 
approval;

 — upon any executive termination, and where the executive 

remains eligible, the actual Short-Term Incentive (STI) award 
will be calculated based on actual performance outcomes on 
a pro-rata basis for tenure served during the performance 
period (subject to Board discretion);

 — upon any executive termination all Long-Term Incentive 

(LTI) awards generally lapse. However, in instances where 
an executive remains eligible, the LTI awards will be tested 
against the relevant performance conditions, unless 
otherwise provided for under the plan rules (such as a change 
of control event) (subject to Board discretion); and

 — bolstered the leadership and technical capabilities across the 
group in line with the Company’s strategy to have internal 
resources support the business from a governance, business 
effectiveness and growth perspective. 

88 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

2.  Key Management Personnel (KMP)
The KMP of the Company, and the positions held are summarised below:

Non-Executive Directors

Position

Term

Interim Non-Executive Chairman

Period from 2 March 2021

Susan Corlett

Independent Non-Executive Director

Lawrence Conway

Independent Non-Executive Director

Full year

Full year

Full year

Paul Harris

Helen Gillies 

Robert Vassie

Executive Directors

Daniel Clifford

Other KMP

Peter Trout

Ian Poole

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 21 January 2021

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 21 January 2021

Managing Director & CEO

Full year

Chief Operating Officer

Full year

Chief Financial Officer

Company Secretary

Appointed 6 July 2020

Appointed 1 July 2020

The composition of Board is illustrated below:

Executive 
Directors
17%

Independent
Non-Executive 
Directors 83%

Females
33%

Males
67%

In addition to the above, the following directors served during the year:

Non-Executive Directors

Position

Term

Colin Johnstone

Michael Menzies

Independent Non-Executive Chairman

Retired 2 March 2021

Independent Non-Executive Director

Retired 1 October 2020

AURELIA METALS 

 89

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

3.  Remuneration Governance and the role of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee

Board 

 — As part of its Corporate Governance framework, the Board of Directors (‘the Board’) has an established Remuneration and 

Nomination Committee (referred to hereafter as the ‘Remuneration Committee’, for the purposes of the Remuneration Report).

 — The Board delegates responsibilities in relation to remuneration to the Remuneration Committee, which functions in accordance 

with the Committee Charter and the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and its regulations. 

 — A copy of the Charter, that was updated in FY21, is published on Aurelia’s website (https://www.aureliametals.com.au)

Remuneration Committee

 — The Remuneration Committee consists solely of independent Non-Executive Directors, to assist the Board in discharging its 

responsibilities in relation to the Company’s remuneration policies and practices. 

 — The Remuneration Committee is chaired by a Non-Executive Director, who is not the Chairman of the Board. 

 — Membership is detailed on page 63, under Section 2 of the Directors’ Report.

 — The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and making recommendations to the Board in relation to a number of 

remuneration matters, including the:

 — remuneration arrangements and contract terms for the Managing Director & CEO and other executive KMP;

 — terms and conditions of short-term and long-term incentives for the Managing Director & CEO and other executive KMP, 

including the targets, performance measures and vesting conditions; and

 — remuneration to be paid to non-executive Directors.

Board 

 — The Remuneration Committee considers whether to appoint a remuneration consultant and, if so, their scope of work. Such 

engagements are completed in accordance with:

 — the requirements of the Corporations Act for remuneration consultants and related recommendations; and

 — established governance procedures including direct reporting to the Board to ensure that any remuneration recommendation 

is free from undue influence.

 — During FY21, the Remuneration Committee engaged independent consulting firms PwC and Juno Partners for the purposes of 
providing advice and analysis with respect to remuneration. The Remuneration Committee did not engage any remuneration 
consultant during FY20. 

 — No remuneration recommendations, as defined in section 9B of the Corporations Act 2001, were made by remuneration 

consultants during FY20 or FY21.

90 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

4.  Remuneration Overview

Aurelia’s Remuneration Philosophy 

 — Aurelia’s remuneration philosophy is supported by a framework for organisational structure and remuneration, 

 to enable Aurelia to:

 — attract, engage and retain high-calibre employees in order to achieve the Company’s current and future business needs; and

 — cultivate a performance-based culture whereby competitive remuneration and reward are aligned to business and  

shareholder objectives.

Aurelia’s Approach To Remuneration

 —  The Company’s approach to remuneration considers: 

 — detailed remuneration benchmarking, with reference to the Company’s peers (industry and market capitalisation);

 — the Company’s performance over the relevant performance period;

 — internal relativities and differentiation of remuneration based on performance;

 — pay equity at each level to ensure no gender or diversity bias within the organisation, and any differences are determined 

based on performance and skills;

 — market developments affecting remuneration practices;

 — the remuneration and expectations of a high performing executive the Company wants to employ; 

 — future outlook; and

 — the link between remuneration and the successful implementation of the Company’s strategy, and achievements of objectives 

and targets.

The Link To Strategic Business Outcomes

 — The Company’s remuneration framework is founded upon aligning each individual’s remuneration outcomes with the Company’s 
strategic business objectives. This alignment is created through linking ‘at-risk’ remuneration with Aurelia’s strategic business 
objectives:

 — ‘at-risk’ STIs are linked to individual and Company annual objectives and performance outcomes including the Balanced 

Business Plan (Section 7.1);

 — ‘at-risk’ LTIs are linked to the achievement of long term strategic objectives (Section 7.2); and

 — the typical key performance measures applied have been detailed in Sections 7.1.1 and 7.2.1 of this report.

 — Aurelia’s objective is to build a performance-based culture whereby competitive remuneration and rewards are aligned with 

Aurelia’s objectives and Shareholders’ expectations. A significant proportion of total remuneration is ‘at-risk’. 

 — Through this framework, Aurelia seeks to attract, engage and retain high-calibre employees to meet the Company’s current and 

future business needs. 

AURELIA METALS 

 91

 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

5.  Managing Director and CEO and other executive KMP remuneration
Total Remuneration (TR) for all executive KMP consists of the following key elements:

FIXED 
REMUNERATION 
(FR) 

Remuneration objective is to attract, engage and 
retain high-calibre personnel.

Considerations include benchmarking data, 
internal relativities and executive performance.

The purpose of TFR is to provide a base 
level of remuneration which is market 
competitive and appropriate.

SHORT-TERM 
INCENTIVE 
(STI)

LONG-TERM 
INCENTIVE 
(LTI)

The STI is an ‘at-risk’ component of Total 
Remuneration (TR) with a 1-year horizon.

The performance measures consider the 
individual’s performance based on the 
performance measures (as outlined in the 
individual’s annual achievement and development 
plan) as well as group performance in the key 
pillars of: ESG (including HSEC), People and 
Organisation, Operations, Growth and Financial 
Outcomes.

The key focus of the performance measures is to 
build and deliver superior shareholder return.

The LTI is an ‘at-risk’ component of TR with a 
3-year horizon. 

The performance measures are designed to 
support superior shareholder return. 

The objective of the LTI is to:

a)  provide an incentive to the executive KMP 

which focusses on the long-term performance 
and growth of the Company

b) 

 align the reward of the executive KMP with 
returns to Shareholders; and

c)  promote the retention of the Company’s 

executive KMP.

The key performance measures are set 
at the beginning of each year with a 
1-year performance period.

A number of critical tasks and measures 
linked to each of the Company’s key 
pillars are identified (refer to section 
7.1.1).

The relative weighting is determined 
based on the role being performed and 
level within the Company.

The performance measures are set at 
the beginning of each year, with a 3-year 
performance period.

The key focus of the performance 
measures is to build and deliver superior 
shareholder return through Total 
Shareholder Return (TSR) measures 
and targeted long-term growth criteria 
(refer to section 7.2).

In addition to the above, eligible employees of the Company are entitled to participate in the Company’s Employee Share Plan. This 
plan was implemented in April 2021. Eligible employees are invited to participate in the plan to receive fully paid ordinary shares 
in the Company (subject to a 36-month holding lock) with a nominal value of $1,000, which depending on the individual’s taxable 
income in the relevant year, may be tax exempt. The Managing Director & CEO was not invited to participate in this plan because his 
participation in the program would require shareholder approval under the Corporations Act.

92 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

5.  Managing Director and CEO and other executive KMP remuneration (continued)
The amount and relative proportion of FR, STI and LTI is established for each executive following consideration by the Remuneration 
Committee. This includes consideration of external market references, including benchmarking of remuneration for comparable roles 
and the internal relativities between executive roles. The Company also regularly participates in and subscribes to the AON Hewitt 
Gold & General Mining Industry Remuneration Survey.

The principles underlying the Company’s executive remuneration strategy are below:

a) 

 TR is to be appropriate, market competitive and structured to attract and retain talented and experienced employees;

b) 

 TR is to comprise an appropriate mix of fixed and performance-based at-risk variable remuneration;

c) 

 FR (base salary + superannuation) is targeted at the median (P50) range compared to the industry benchmark and internal 
relativities. Exceptions may exist depending on the supply and demand of particular roles or skills or for individuals who are 
recognised as high performers within the Company and thereby will be highly sought after by competitor companies;

d)  variable remuneration is to consist of STIs and LTIs to align executive performance with the interests of Shareholders. 

Performance targets under the variable incentive plans reflect the Company’s short-term and long-term strategy and objectives; 

e) 

 in keeping with the Company policy of paying for performance, TR (FR+ variable STI+LTI) is targeted at up to the 75th percentile 
of the relevant peer group (exceptions may exist depending on the supply and demand of particular roles or skills or for 
individuals who are recognised as high performers within the Company). As variable remuneration is performance based it is not 
guaranteed, with any award dependent on the business and individual meeting pre-determined performance targets;

f)  performance-based ‘at-risk’ remuneration is to encourage, and reward high performance aligned with business objectives that 

create strategic, economic and sustainable shareholder value; and

g) 

 an annual review of remuneration is conducted for all supervisory roles and above (including the KMP) based on an appraisal 
against their individual achievement and development plan and is designed is to deliver fair and equitable results.

The maximum achievement remuneration mix for all three elements of TR are detailed below:

 FY21

Daniel Clifford, 
Managing Director & CEO

Peter Trout, 
Chief Operating Officer

Ian Poole, 
Chief Financial Officer

 FY20

Daniel Clifford, 
Managing Director & CEO

Peter Trout, 
Chief Operating Officer

Tim Churcher, 
Chief Financial Officer

TFR 

$727,750

$512,500

$419,178

TFR 

$710,000

$500,000

$446,760

% of TR

FR 38%

FR 49%

FR 49%

% of TR

FR 40%
FR 40%
FR 40%

FR 51%
FR 51%
FR 51%

FR 51%
FR 51%
FR 51%

STI 24%

LTI 38%

STI 19%

LTI 32%

STI 19%

LTI 32%

STI 20%
STI 20%
STI 20%

LTI 40%
LTI 40%
LTI 40%

STI 16%
STI 16%
STI 16%

LTI 33%
LTI 33%
LTI 33%

STI 16%
STI 16%
STI 16%

LTI 33%
LTI 33%
LTI 33%

AURELIA METALS 

 93

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

6.  Service Agreement key terms
Executives are employed under executive employment agreements with the Company. 

Name and  
Position

Date of 
Agreement

Term of 
Agreement

Notice period by 
Executive

Notice Period by 
Aurelia

Termination 
Payments

Existing Executive Directors and KMP

Daniel Clifford, 
Managing Director 
& CEO

Peter Trout, 
Chief Operating 
Officer

Ian Poole, 
Chief Financial 
Officer & Company 
Secretary

25 Nov-19

Open

6 months

6 months

25 Nov-19

Open

6 months

6 months

12-May-20

Open

3 months

3 months

Up to a max of 
6 months Fixed 
Remuneration

Up to a max of 12 
months base salary*

Up to a max of 
3 months Fixed 
Remuneration

* The Service Agreement related to the new Chief Operating Officer was negotiated in order to secure his services and is limited to those that can be lawfully paid 
under the Corporations Act. The Company has subsequently limited termination payments in future executive services agreements to a maximum of six months.

7.  How performance is linked to the variable ‘at-risk’ remuneration  
for the Managing Director and CEO and other executive KMP

The objective of variable remuneration is to support the delivery of superior shareholder returns through the alignment of KMP 
remuneration outcomes to the short-term and long-term strategy and objectives of the Company. This alignment is achieved through 
the Company’s variable ‘at-risk’ incentives, which comprise the Short-term Incentive Plan (STIP) and the Long-Term Incentive  
Plan (LTIP). 

An underlying objective of each of the plans is to provide meaningful and tangible incentives to drive actions, behaviours, and 
outcomes to deliver Company strategy, objectives and targets. The plans are founded upon a performance-based at-risk principle, 
which is aimed towards attracting and retaining employees that actively contribute to the success of the Company.

The Board measures and considers the achievement of targets together with overall business performance and Balanced  
Business Plan (BBP) outcomes, and individual performance (as relevant), when deciding on the actual payment or allocation of 
variable remuneration. 

The Board retains absolute discretion in relation to participation and award under the STIP and LTIP. 

7.1  Short Term Incentive Plan (STIP)
The award of an STI payment is assessed at the end of the financial year and, if applicable, is paid only after the Remuneration 
Committee has reviewed and made recommendations to the Board for approval. This includes the assessment of achievement against 
applicable performance targets, businesses performance and individual performance.

An outline of the key elements of the FY21 Company’s STI plan are as follows:

94 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

7.1  Short Term Incentive Plan (STIP) (continued)

Purpose

Participation

STI Opportunity

Focus participants on delivery of business objectives over a 12-month period.

All employees including executive KMP.

The STI opportunity for the MD is targeted at 50% of the TFR with an award for outperformance against target of 
125%, which would result in a potential maximum of award 67.5% of TFR which is the equivalent of 24% of TR.

The STI opportunity for the other KMP is targeted at 30% of the TFR with an award for outperformance against 
target of 125% which would result in a potential maximum award of 37.5% of TFR which is the equivalent of 19% of 
TR.

Performance Period

Performance is measured per financial year (1 July to 30 June).

The performance criteria and weighting of individual components are established at the commencement of the 
new financial year and are determined at the discretion of the Board.

FY21

Criteria

Individual Performance

Performance criteria

Sustainability, Safety and Environment

Balance Business Plan

Cost & Production Performance

Growth

Total

Weighting

20.0%

20.0%

7.5%

27.5%

25.0%

100.0%

Exercise of discretion

The Board has discretion, considering recommendations from the Remuneration Committee, to adjust overall STI 
awards or an individual’s final STI award. 

STI payments are paid in cash and are subject to a service condition. 

Payment

This condition is met if the KMP’s employment is continuous during performance period and was employed at the 
STI payment date. 

The KMP’s entitlement will be calculated on a pro-rata basis if they joined during the performance period, with a 
minimum tenure of 4 months prior to the end of the performance period (otherwise there will be no entitlement).

Rights on termination

KMP whose employment is terminated before the date of payment (for whatever reason) are not eligible for any 
STI payment but may be entitled to a pro-rata award under the good leaver provisions.

Malus Policy

The Board may, at its discretion, cancel or withhold payment of any award made under the STI for the period if it 
determines that had the STI payment been made the KMP would have received an “inappropriate benefit”. 

7.1.1  FY21 STIP Outcomes

At the beginning of FY21, the Board determined that the following measures would be applicable to the FY21 STIP for the Managing 
Director & CEO. It should be noted that similar measures and percentages apply to the Managing Director & CEO’s direct reports 
with slight variations based on the individual’s role and the degree they can control and influence outcomes. The same principles are 
also cascaded down throughout the Company. This is applied to ensure that all employees are aligned to the Company’s strategy, 
objectives and performance targets.

The STIP performance measurements may include (where appropriate) the application of threshold, target and stretch elements. This 
complements the Company’s philosophy of performance-based remuneration, where a sliding scale for achievement may be awarded 
based on the actual outcome. These elements are defined below:

Threshold

Nil award for outcome below 75% of Target  
Pro-rata between Target and Threshold

Target

100%

Stretch

Award for outperformance against Target  
Pro-rata up to maximum of 125%

‘Target’ is based on challenging, but achievable targets for both the Company and the individual components. The Stretch target 
reflects outstanding individual and business performance. The Threshold target represents the minimal level of acceptable 
performance, recognising that Target is set at a challenging level. At threshold, a partial award is made given the Company and/or the 
individual has still performed well, and the Company has successfully progressed towards the next phase of business performance 
and growth. 

AURELIA METALS 

 95

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

7.1.1  FY21 STIP Outcomes (continued)

These elements were introduced in FY21, and the application within the FY21 STIP as applicable to the Managing Director & CEO is 
detailed below. 

Measure

Target

1. Sustainability

These measures relate to:

 — Safety and environment outcomes - 20%

 — Group Balanced Business Plan - 7.5%

Safety and environment outcomes measurements:

Weighting / 
Award

27.5%

Performance 
Measure

Threshold

(75% on 
achievement)

Target

(100% on 
achievement)

Stretch

(125% on 
achievement)

Weighting - % of 
Total STI

Outcome

Award

TRIFR*

Critical Controls

Lead 
Indicators**

15% reduction from 30 
June 2020 to 30 June 
2021 = 18.598

Critical Control 
Verification for 2 Fatal 
Hazards

70% Compliance 
to Lead Indicator 
Program

30% reduction from 30 
June 2020 to 30 June 
2021 = 15.316

Critical Control 
Verification for 4 Fatal 
Hazards

85% Compliance 
to Lead Indicator 
Program

45% reduction from 30 
June 2020 to 30 June 
2021 = 12.034

Critical Control 
Verification for 6 Fatal 
Hazards

100% Compliance 
to Lead Indicator 
Program

10.0%

9.07

12.5%

5.0%

4

5.0%

5.0%

83%

4.8%

 * Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) measured on 1 million work hours

**Performance against Group lead indicators in accordance with the Lead Indicator Matrix. Lead 
indicators is about visible leadership through all leaders undertaking proactive verification of safety 
and environmental compliance to standards i.e. hazard identification and risk assessments have been 
completed and controls are in place.

Group Balanced Business Plan (BBP) measurement: 

The BBP is a plan that aims to address the key issues and opportunities for Aurelia and its business 
units. The BBP is generated in way that builds a common employee understanding and commitment. It 
encompasses the five pillars: ESG (including HSEC), People and Organisation, Operations, Growth and 
Financial Outcomes.

Each year, the BBP focusses the leadership team on the business’ objectives (goals), with projects 
that underpin continuous improvement and to support the goals being achieved, and to realise step 
change in business performance as we work towards realising our long-term strategy.

Performance Measure

Achievement to Group’s BBP Outcomes

Threshold (75% on achievement)

Target (100% on achievement)

Assessed against the BBP Scorecard

Stretch (125% on achievement)

Weighting - % of Total STI

Award

 7.5%

6.8%

* Performance against Group lead indicators in accordance with the Lead Indicator Matrix

FY21 outcomes in comparison to the BBP provide for an overall result marginally below target. The 
status of BPP projects and progress at year end were considered as part of award consideration.

96 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Award:

29.1%

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

7.1.1  FY21 STIP Outcomes (continued)

Measure

Target

2. Production and Cost 
Performance

Production and cost measures to be at or better than target.

Weighting / 
Award

27.5%

Performance Measure

Threshold 

(75% on achievement)

Target 

(100% on achievement)

Stretch 

(125% on achievement)

Weighting - % of Total STI

Outcome

Award

Gold Produced 
(oz) *

Throughput 
(Mt)*

AISC A$/oz*

80,000

90,700

101,400

10.0%

88,449

9.5%

1.07

1.13

1.19

7.5%

1.07

5.6%

1,750

1,551

1,352

10.0%

1,153

12.5%

* Excluding Dargues Mine acquired during the performance period

3. Growth

The targets and measures for the Growth category are summarised below. The Board will  
determine (at its discretion) whether performance across those areas has been to Threshold,  
Target or Stretch level.

Award: 

27.6%

25.0%

Threshold

75%

Target

100%

Stretch

125%

Performance Measure

Federation scoping study and early works 
approved FY21

FY21 budgeted exploration program executed in 
accordance with Board approved priorities

300 koz Au of mineral resources added through 
organic and inorganic growth

Weighting - 
% of Total STI

7.5%

7.5%

Award
%

6.0%

9.0%

10.0%

12.5%

The award considerations includes the status, progress and achievement of milestones each of the 
growth performance measures.

Award:

27.5%

AURELIA METALS 

 97

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

7.1.1  FY21 STIP Outcomes (continued)

Measure

Target

4. Individual Performance

The targets and measures for the Individual Performance category are outlined in each executive 
KMP Achievement and Development Plan. 

In addition to ‘at target’ there will be a Threshold and Stretch element to the awarding of any STI, this 
is reflected in the table below and shall be determined at the Board’s discretion.

Threshold

75%

Target

100%

Stretch

125%

Performance Measure

Establish a values-based organisational culture with sustainability at its 
core

Lead and oversee the development and execution of Aurelia’s organic and 
inorganic growth strategy

Lead and oversee transformation in capability, capacity, systems and 
processes required to deliver the corporate objectives set by the Board

Establish the BBP and oversee group wide performance against its 
measurable objectives

Weighting - 
% of Total STI

5%

5%

5%

5%

Performance assessment completed with consideration to the above performance measures and the 
accomplishments during the period.

Weighting / 
Award

20.0%

Award: 

 20%

Upon the completion of the assessment related to the above quantitative and qualitative hurdles, the Board has determined and 
approved the award of a FY21 STIP to the Company’s KMP, as outlined below:

FY21

Executive Director

Daniel Clifford

Other Executive KMP

Peter Trout

Ian Poole

Total STIP awarded $

awarded % of Maximum STIP forfeited

% of Maximum (stretch) STIP 

379,021

162,514

129,400

83%

85%

82%

17%

15%

18%

The above FY21 STIP awards are payable in FY22.

98 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

7.1.2 

FY20 STIP Outcomes

The following measures were applicable to the FY20 STIP: 

Measure

Target

Safety

Unit Costs

Metal or Gold Equivalent Production

Group Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) to be at least 15% better than the 
TRIFR at 30 June 2019 of 11.46.

Award: Group TRIFR at 30 June 2020 was 21.88 = Nil award.

Develop a program to reduce High Potential Incidents (HPIs)

Award considerations: Implementation of Aurelia Metals Safe Metals, Rollout of Rules 
to Live By, Introduced the Senior Management Taskforce for Significant Incidents, 
established a Lead Indicator Program and other safety initiatives to be prioritised in 2021.

All In Sustaining Costs (AISC) to be at or better than budget.

Award: AISC were above budget = Nil award.

Production to be at or better than budget.

Award: Actual FY20 gold equivalent production was less than budget = Nil award.

Growth in Ore Reserve life at Hera and Peak and achievement of a successful exploration 
program.

Award considerations: Growth in reserve life was achieved, with the Group Ore Reserve 
total growing by 3% to 4.53Mt after depletion of 0.97Mt. The total addition of Reserves in 
FY20 was 1.09Mt, and the net growth in reserves was 0.12Mt.

A successful exploration program is supported by:

Weighting / 
Award

7.5%

0%

7.5%

7.5%

15%

0%

15%

0%

15%

Enhance Reserves

 — high-grade intercepts from multiple areas announced in seven ASX releases

 — new high-grade discoveries at Federation, Kairos and Peak North announced

15%

Peak Pb/Zn upgrade

 — delineation of material high-grade resources at Kairos

 — conversion of significant tonnages of high value resources in Kairos and Chronos to 

reserves

 — maiden resource estimate for Federation announced

 — a pipeline of new near-mine and regional targets established.

The upgrade to the Peak process plant for the lead/zinc circuit completed on time and on 
budget.

Award considerations: The upgrade was completed on time and in line with guidance.

Discretionary component to be awarded by the Board.

Award considerations: Performance assessment completed with consideration to key 
business objectives and accomplishments during the period. This included: 

Individual Performance

 — relocation of the corporate office to Brisbane QLD

 — securing the future of the Company through exploration success

 — the building of a new leadership team and improved internal capabilities to ensure 

appropriate resourcing to support operational improvement and growth 

 — improved governance, standards and systems with focus on all key pillars of the 

organisation.

10%

10%

30%

30%

Upon the completion of the assessment related to the above quantitative and qualitative hurdles, the Board determined and 
approved the award of a FY20 STIP to the Company’s KMP, as outlined below:

FY20

Executive Director

Daniel Clifford

Other Executive KMP

Peter Trout

Tim Churcher

Total STIP awarded $

awarded % of Maximum STIP forfeited

% of Maximum (stretch) STIP 

147,917

62,500

0

62.5%

62.5%

0.0%

37.5%

37.5%

100.0%

The above STIP values awarded for FY20 were paid in FY21.

AURELIA METALS 

 99

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

7.2  Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
An outline of the key elements of the Company’s LTIP as it relates to executive KMP is provided below:

LTIP Opportunity

The LTIP opportunity is determined by the executive’s role and level (reward grade) within the business. The LTIP 
opportunity is awarded by:

Service Conditions for 
Performance Rights

Performance Criteria

 — a number of Performance Rights based on a percentage of TFR;

 — number of Performance Rights granted is calculated on a multiple of the individual’s TFR divided by the 30-day 

VWAP in the Company’s share price at a date determined by the Remuneration Committee; and

 — the LTIP opportunity for each individual KMP is outlined on page 93.

Performance Rights are subject to a service condition. This condition is met if the KMP’s employment is continuous 
during the performance period. The performance period is generally three years. The service condition is aimed 
at the retention of key personnel and to promote the long-term performance objectives of the Group, including 
shareholder returns.

The performance criteria are established prior to the commencement of the new financial year and are determined 
by at the discretion of the Board.

FY21

FY20

Weighting Criteria

Weighting

Criteria

Absolute TSR

Relative TSR

25% Absolute TSR

25% Relative TSR

Production Targets

25% Ore Reserves

Growth

25% Growth

25%

25%

25%

25%

The test date for each criterion is typically three years from the commencement of the performance period. To the 
extent the performance criteria are satisfied (subject to the Service Conditions), the Performance Rights are taken 
to have vested and been exercised at nil exercise price and the number of ordinary shares equal to the number of 
vested Performance Rights is issued. Further detail on the above criteria is included in Section 7.2.1

Disposal Restrictions

No holding lock applies to Rights that vest under the FY21 LTI plan, as Rights vest only at the end of the 
Performance Period, provided the Performance Measures have been achieved.

Dividends

Malus Policy

No dividends are received by executives on unvested Performance Rights.

The Board may, at its discretion, cancel or require the KMP to forfeit any unvested LTI any award made under the 
LTIP it determines that had the LTI vesting been made the KMP would have received an “inappropriate benefit”. 

7.2.1 

LTIP Performance Rights Issued FY21

During FY21, a total of 3,108,620 Performance Rights (Class FY21) were granted to the Managing Director & CEO and other executive 
KMP under the Company’s LTIP. The Performance Rights will be tested at the end of the three-year performance period, which ends on 
30 June 2023. The performance hurdles related to Class FY21 are detailed below, including relevant threshold and target measures:

LTIP Scorecard

Vesting % guide

Absolute TSR*

Relative TSR*

Threshold

Nil

<10%

Pro-Rata

50%

10% - 20%

Target

100%

≥20%

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) is the change in the share price over the Performance Period plus any dividends 
paid during the performance period.

<50 percentile

0 - 100 percentile

100 percentile

Relative TSR measures the change in the share price and dividends paid over the performance period in 
comparison to a comparator group of companies. The comparator group of companies comprise ASX Listed 
organisations with operations in either gold or base metals as disclosed under section 7.2.2.

Production Targets – average of 
each project mine life based on 
Production Target

<4 years

4 years - 5 years

≥5 years

Measurement against the requirement that all necessary access and approvals are in place to enable the 
immediate commencement of full-scale mining of the deposits included in the Production Target at 30 June 
2023. The Company’s Production Target is generally published annually.

Growth

Measurement will be subject to Board discretion. Growth will be considered with regards to exploration success, 
growth in high value inventory or a value adding acquisition.

 * The measurement of the performance will be 30-day VWAP of shares up to and including 30 June 2023. 

100 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

7.2.2 

Relative TSR comparator group 

For the purposes of the Relative TSR element of the LTIP, the Board has chosen the following comparator group, being business of 
similar size in the gold and base metals sector: Alkane Resources Limited (ASX: ALK), AngloGold Ashanti Limited (ASX: AGG), Bellevue 
Gold Limited (ASX: BGL), Capricorn Metals Limited (ASX: CMM), Chalice Gold Mines Limited (ASX: CHN), Gold Road Resources Limited 
(ASX: GOR), OceanaGold Corporation Limited (ASX: OGC), Pantoro Limited (ASX: PNR), Ramelius Resources Limited (ASX: RMS), Red 5 
Limited (ASX: RED), Sandfire Resources Limited (ASX: SFR), Silver Lake Resources Limited (ASX: SLR), St Barbara Limited (ASX: SBM), 
Western Areas Limited (ASX: WSA) and Westgold Resources Limited (ASX: WGX).

7.2.3 

LTIP Outcomes during FY21 

There were no LTIP grants related to the KMP that vested or had a performance period ending 30 June 2021. A total of 307,969 
Performance Rights related to Class 18B had a performance period ending 30 June 2021. None of these Performance Rights were 
granted to current KMP. The vesting outcome was determined after year end and will be recorded in the next reporting period.

7.2.4 

Performance Rights for compensation for incentives foregone

Being applicable to the incumbent Managing Director & CEO only, in recognition of previous equity incentives foregone, a total of 
1,565,201 Performance Rights vested on 25 November 2020, which was the 12-month anniversary of the start of employment with 
the Company. The Performance Rights vested on the condition that the Managing Director & CEO remained an employee of a Group 
entity as at the Testing Date. The shares issued upon the vesting of the Performance Rights are subject to a 12-month holding lock.

Further to the above, a total of 1,565,201 Performance Rights will vest on 25 November 2021, which is the 24-month anniversary of 
the start of employment with the Company, subject to the Managing Director & CEO remaining an employee of a Group entity as at 
the Testing Date.

The issue of the above noted Performance Rights were approved by Shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held  
on 29 November 2019. 

7.2.5 

LTIP Performance Rights which remain untested

The total number of Performance Rights granted to the Managing Director & CEO and other executive KMP that are yet to vest (as at 
30 June 2021) are detailed below:

Performance Rights Tranches

Class 19A

Class 19C

Class FY21

Total KMP Performance Rights

Total 

1,970,678

1,565,201

3,108,620

6,644,499

Relevant Date or Testing Date

30-Jun-22

30-Nov-21

30-Jun-23

AURELIA METALS 

 101

 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

7.2.6 

Summary of movements in Performance Rights during the year

A summary of movements of Performance Rights within the various plans are tabulated below:

Grant

Class 16C*

Class 18A*

Class 18B

Class 19A

Class 19B

Class 19C

Class FY21

Class FY21

Total

Grant  
Date

Expiry or 
Test Date

Exercise 
Price

28-11-16

30-06-20

04-12-18

30-06-20

04-12-18

30-06-21

29-11-19

30-06-22

29-11-19

29-11-19

30-11-20

30-11-21

19-11-20

30-06-23

26-12-20

30-06-23

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Balance 
at start 
of year

 750,000

770,893

613,421

2,812,696

1,565,201

1,565,201

Granted 
during 
the year

Vested 
during the 
year

Expired 
during the 
year

Balance 
at
year end

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(750,000)

(770,893)

-

-

(305,452)

307,969

(341,976)

2,470,720

(1,565,201)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,565,201

1,696,714

(125,605)

4,482,758

-

-

1,696,714

4,608,363

8,077,412

6,305,077

(1,565,201)

(2,293,926)

10,523,362

Total KMP Performance Rights

6,359,473

3,108,620

(1,565,201)

(1,258,393)

6,644,499

Total Non-KMP Performance Rights

1,717,939

3,196,457

-

(1,035,533)

3,878,863

Total

8,077,412

6,305,077

(1,565,201)

(2,293,926)

10,523,362

*  the vesting outcomes of Class 18B were determined after year end. Therefore, the movement related to a total of 307,969 Performance Rights will be recorded in 

the next reporting period.

7.3  Details of Share Based Compensation to the Managing Director and CEO and other executive KMP
Details on Rights over ordinary shares in the Company that were granted as compensation to members of the Key Management 
Personnel and details on Rights that vested during the reporting period are as follows:

Class*

Test  
Date

Number 
of Rights 
Granted

Grant  
date

Fair Value 
at Grant  
$/Right

Fair Value 
at Vesting 
$/Right

Number 
of Rights 
Vested

Number 
of Rights 
Lapsed

Balance 
at
year end

Managing Director & CEO 

Daniel Clifford

Class 19A

Class 19B

Class 19C

30-06-22

 1,351,866

30-11-20

 1,565,201

30-11-21

1,565,201

29-11-19

29-11-19

29-11-19

Class FY21

30-06-23

1,696,714

19-11-20

 0.310

 0.400

0.400

0.303

Other KMP

Peter Trout

Class 19A

Class FY21

Ian Poole

Class FY21

30-06-22

30-06-23

30-06-23

 6,178,982

 618,812

776,665

1,395,477

635,241

635,241

29-11-19

26-12-20

 0.290

0.285

26-12-20

0.285

n/a

n/a

-

0.425

(1,565,201)

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

-

-

(1,565,201)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,351,866

-

1,565,201

1,696,714

4,613,781

618,812

776,665

1,395,477

635,241

635,241

* All classes of Performance Rights that vest into fully paid ordinary shares, vest at a nil exercise price.

102 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

8.  Malus Policy
The underlying principle of the policy, implemented during 
FY21, is that an Executive of the Company should not receive 
performance-based ‘at-risk’ remuneration (including any 
STI reward prior to payment, unvested LTI award and any 
other performance-based component of remuneration prior 
to payment or vesting) if the Board determines that such 
remuneration would be an “inappropriate benefit”. 

The Board may, in its absolute discretion, exercised in good 
faith, elect to apply the policy so that an Executive does not 
receive an “inappropriate benefit” where: 

a)  the Executive has been terminated for cause (including for 

During the year, the Non-Executive Director fee structure was 
also externally benchmarked and reviewed against peers. To 
ensure that the Company can attract and retain the highest 
quality candidates for Board positions, the fee structure 
was increased effective 1 April 2021. This has coincided with 
attracting two new and experienced Board members (whilst 
the recruitment for a new Chairman is nearing completion) and 
recognises the increase in the number of Committees and the 
increased complexity and spread of Director responsibility.

The fee structure now provides for fees related to Board 
committee responsibilities. 

fraud, dishonesty or gross misconduct);

Structure

b)  the Executive intentionally or recklessly caused or 

contributed to a material misstatement or omission in any 
release made by the Company to the Australian Securities 
Exchange (ASX); or

The aggregate fee pool available for Non-Executive Directors 
remuneration is $1,000,000 per annum. The Board fees and 
the fess related to Board committee responsibilities, are 
summarised below: 

Effective  
1 April 2021
Fee per 
annum $*

To 31 March 
2021
Fee per 
annum $*

200,000

100,000

15,000

10,000

160,000

100,000

Nil

Nil

Role

Chair of the Board of Directors

Non-Executive Director

Chair of a Board Committee

Member of a Board Committee

*Inclusive of superannuation

c)  the Executive is engaging in, or has engaged in, behaviour or 
conduct that may negatively impact on the Group’s standing, 
long-term financial strength, reputation, or relationship with 
its key regulators, or otherwise brings the Company or any 
member of the Group into disrepute.

In such instances, the Board reserves the right to adjust or 
cancel some or all the Executive’s performance-based  
‘at-risk’ remuneration.

9.  Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration
The Company’s remuneration strategy and objective for Non-
Executive Directors is to remunerate at a level which attracts 
and retains Non-Executive Directors of the requisite expertise 
and experience at a market rate which is comparable to other 
similar size companies and considers the time, commitment and 
responsibilities involved in being a Director of Aurelia. 

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing 
and advising the Board on Director remuneration. Guidance is 
obtained as required from independent industry surveys and 
other sources to ensure that Directors’ fees are appropriate 
and in line with the market. 

Following shareholder approval on 19 November 2020, the 
aggregate fee pool available for Non-Executive Director 
remuneration was increased from $750,000 to $1,000,000  
per annum. 

Aurelia has three operating assets and has had significant 
exploration success with two highly prospective projects in the 
pipeline – Federation and Great Cobar. The aggregate amount 
approved by Shareholders will provide the flexibility for the 
expansion of the Board and their skillset.

AURELIA METALS 

 103

 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

10. Remuneration of Key Management Personnel 
The following table details the remuneration received by Directors and KMP of the Company during FY21.

Short Term

Post- 
Employment

Share-based 
payment

Base Salary 
/ Directors 
Fees 

Allowances 

Non-
monetary 
Benefits 

Termination 
and accrued 
leave paid

STIP 
Payment 

Super-
annuation 

FY21

$

$

$

 $

$ *

$

Amortised 
Value  
$

Total

‘at- risk’ 

$

%

Non-Executive Directors

Susan 
Corlett1

Lawrence 
Conway

124,282

103,750

Paul Harris

106,427

Robert 
Vassie2

Helen 
Gillies3

Colin 
Johnstone4

Michael 
Menzies5

Sub-total

45,155

45,155

106,667

25,000

556,436

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Managing Director & CEO

Daniel 
Clifford 

701,980

39,794

7,200

Other executive KMP

Peter Trout

Ian Poole6

486,958

397,384

-

7,200

7,200

Sub-total

1,586,322

39,794

21,600

Total

2,142,758

39,794

21,600

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

11,807

-

-

4,145

4,145

-

-

20,097

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

136,089

103,750

106,427

49,300

49,300

106,667

25,000

576,533

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

379,021

25,000

830,285

1,983,280

61%

162,514

129,400

670,935

25,000

24,729

74,729

118,294

799,966

41,845

600,558

990,424

3,383,804

670,935

103,827

990,424

3,960,337

35%

29%

49%

42%

1  Ms Susan Corlett was appointed as Interim Chairman on 2 March 2021.

2  Mr Robert Vassie was appointed as Independent Non-Executive Director on 21 January 2021.

3  Ms Hellen Gillies was appointed as Independent Non-Executive Director on 21 January 2021.

4  Mr Colin Johnstone retired on 2 March 2021.

5  Mr Michael Menzies retired on 1 October 2020.

6  Mr Ian Poole was appointed as Company Secretary on 1 July 2020 and Chief Financial Officer on 6 July 2020.

*Payments related to the 2021 STI Plan will be paid in FY22.

104 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

10. Remuneration of Key Management Personnel (continued) 
The following table details the remuneration received by Directors and KMP of the Company during FY20.

Short Term

Post- 
Employment

Share-based 
payment

Base Salary 
/ Directors 
Fees 

Fees  
for 
executive 
services 

Non-
monetary 
Benefits 

Termination 
and accrued 
leave paid

STIP 
Payment 

Super-
annuation 

FY20

$

$

$

 $

$ *

Amortised 
Value  
$

Total

‘at- risk’ 

$

%

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

444,000

157,000

100,000

211,150

155,688

50,000

1,117,838

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

$

-

-

4,338

8,676

-

4,338

17,352

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Non-Executive Directors

Colin 
Johnstone1

Michael 
Menzies2

Lawrence 
Conway

Susan 
Corlett3

160,000

284,000

100,000

57,000

95,662

-

91,324

111,150

Paul Harris4

100,000

55,688

Paul Espie4

45,662

-

Sub-total

592,648

507,838

Managing Director & CEO

Daniel 
Clifford6 

412,363

Other executive KMP

Peter Trout7

284,327

Tim 
Churcher8

410,198

Sub-total

1,106,888

-

-

-

-

Total

2,142,758

507,838

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

147,917

14,583

661,072

1,235,935

65%

62,500

14,583

40,416

401,826

9,301

9,301

9,301

531,980

-

25,000

116,915

1,093,394

531,980

210,417

531,980

210,417

54,166

71,518

818,403

2,731,155

818,403

3,848,993

26%

11%

38%

27%

1  Mr Colin Johnstone fulfilled duties as Interim Executive Chairman & CEO from 2 May 2019 to 24 November 2019.

2  Mr Michael Menzies fulfilled duties as Interim Executive Director & COO in period 2 May 2019 to 23 October 2019.

3  Ms Susan Corlett provided services in an executive capacity in the areas of geology, greenfield and brownfield exploration, resources, reserves and mine planning 

during the leadership transition period from April to November 2019.

4  Mr Paul Harris provided services in an executive capacity in investor relations during the leadership transition period from April to November 2019. Mr Harris was 

the Lead Independent Director from 2 May 2019 to 24 November 2019.

5  Mr Paul Espie resigned on 29 November 2019.

6  Mr Daniel Clifford appointed as Managing Director and CEO on 25 November 2019.

7  Mr Peter Trout was appointed as Chief Operating Officer on 25 November 2019.

8  Mr Tim Churcher’s termination date was 1 July 2020. The termination payment of $395,928 represents the average 12 months base salary for the 3 years prior. 

The accrued leave paid totalled $136,052. The amounts were provided for in FY21 and were paid in July 2020.

*Payments related to the 2020 STI Plan were paid in FY21.

AURELIA METALS 

 105

 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

11.  Shareholdings of Directors and other KMP
The shareholdings of Directors and other KMP for FY21 is presented below and includes shares held directly, indirectly, and 
beneficially by the Directors and other KMP. 

Balance 
start of year

Performance 
Rights vested

Other changes 
during year

Balance 
end of year

33,731

-

 171,429

-

-

-

1,250,000

833,929

-

 562,500

-

-

1,565,201

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

54,421

-

*250,000

*250,000

(1,250,000)

(833,929)

2,362

(562,500)

2,362

33,731

1,565,201

225,850

-

250,000

250,000

-

-

2,362

-

2,362

2,851,589

1,565,201

(2,087,284)

2,329,506

FY21

Directors

Susan Corlett

Daniel Clifford

Lawrence Conway

Paul Harris

Robert Vassie1

Helen Gillies2

Colin Johnstone3

Michael Menzies4

Executives

Peter Trout 

Tim Churcher

Ian Poole

Total

1 

2 

3 

4 

Appointed 21 January 2021

Appointed 21 January 2021 

Retired 2 March 2021

Retired 1 October 2020

*Shares acquired on market

Mr Conway and Mr Johnstone acquired shares during the period through the Retail Entitlement Offer dated 20 November 2020. 
Shares acquired by Ms Gillies and Mr Vassie were acquired on market. The Company does not currently have a plan in place that would 
pay all or part of Non-Executive Directors fees in shares.

The other changes in the shares of Mr Johnstone and Mr Menzies is to remove their shareholding from the shareholding of directors 
and other KMP following their retirement.

All equity transactions with KMP, other than those arising from the exercise of remuneration related Performance Rights, or the 
Employee Tax Exempt Share Plan have been entered into under terms and agreements no more favourable than those the Company 
would have adopted if dealing at arm’s length. 

The Company does not have a policy or a requirement for Non-Executive Directors to hold shares in the Company. 

106 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

 
REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) (CONTINUED)

11.  Shareholdings of Directors and other KMP (continued) 
The shareholdings of Directors and other KMP for FY20 is presented below and includes shares held directly, indirectly, and 
beneficially by the Directors and other KMP:

FY21

Directors

Colin Johnstone

Daniel Clifford1

Lawrence Conway

Susan Corlett

Paul Espie2

Paul Harris

Michael Menzies

James Simpson3

Executives

Peter Trout 4

Tim Churcher

Total

1 

2 

3 

4 

Appointed 25 November 2019 

Resigned 29 November 2019 

Resigned 22 May 2019

Appointed 25 November 2019

Balance 
start of year

Performance 
Rights vested

Other changes 
during year

Balance 
end of year

 1,000,001

-

 171,429

33,731

150,000

-

 633,929

-

-

 -

1,989,090

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5,541,964

-

562,500

6,104,464

249,999

1,250,000

-

-

-

(150,000)

-

200,000

(5,541,964)

-

- 

(5,241,965)

-

 171,429

33,731

-

-

833,929

-

-

 562,500

2,851,589

AURELIA METALS 

 107

 
AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

Ernst & Young 
111 Eagle Street 
Brisbane QLD  4000 Australia 
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane QLD  4001 

  Tel: +61 7 3011 3333 
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100 
ey.com/au 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the Directors of Aurelia Metals 
Limited 

As lead auditor for the audit of the financial report of Aurelia Metals Limited for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2021, I declare to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: 

a)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in 

Ernst & Young 
111 Eagle Street 
Brisbane QLD  4000 Australia 
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane QLD  4001 

  Tel: +61 7 3011 3333 
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100 
ey.com/au 

relation to the audit; and   

b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

This declaration is in respect of Aurelia Metals Limited and the entities it controlled during the financial 
year. 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the Directors of Aurelia Metals 
Limited 

As lead auditor for the audit of the financial report of Aurelia Metals Limited for the financial year 
Ernst & Young 
ended 30 June 2021, I declare to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: 

a)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in 

relation to the audit; and   

b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

Kellie McKenzie 
Partner 
This declaration is in respect of Aurelia Metals Limited and the entities it controlled during the financial 
24 August 2021   
year. 

Ernst & Young 

Kellie McKenzie 
Partner 
24 August 2021   

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

108 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND 
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Note

Sales Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross Profit

Acquisition and integration costs

Corporate administration expenses

Exploration and evaluation expenditure written off

Share based expense

Commodity derivatives loss

Other expenses

Other income

Profit before income tax and net finance costs

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Profit after income tax expense

Other Comprehensive Income  
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Cash flow hedges, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share for Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
parent

Basic earnings per share (cents per share)

Diluted earnings per share (cents per share)

The above Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

3

4

29

4

12

22

4

4

3

3

4

5

21

21

2021 
$000

2020 
$000

 416,477

331,819

(308,753)

(259,845)

107,724

71,974

(20,002)

(13,804)

(1,002)

(936)

-

(671)

 5,833

77,142

314

(5,842)

71,614

(28,697)

42,917

-

(9,240)

(2,600)

(1,351)

(14,360)

(4,259)

6,618

46,782

795

(2,370)

45,207

(15,765)

29,442

2,492

45,409

-

29,442

3.97

3.93

3.37

3.34

AURELIA METALS 

 109

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 30 June 2021

Assets

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Current tax asset 

Prepayments

Derivative financial instruments

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Mine properties

Exploration and evaluation assets

Right of use assets

Restricted cash

Financial assets

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Provisions

Other financial liabilities 

Current tax liabilities

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Provisions

Other financial liabilities

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities 

Lease liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Share based payments reserve

Hedge reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

The above Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

110 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Note

2021 
$000

2020 
$000

6

7

8

23

10

11

12

15

6

9

5

13

16

14

17

15

23

14

17

16

5

15

18

19

19

20

 74,532 

 17,478 

 29,432 

9,442

 2,792 

 2,672 

79,103

6,768

24,763

-

1,498

-

136,348

112,132

170,458

287,035

39,318

 12,674 

 8,604 

 2,025 

- 

520,114

656,462

47,300

 15,097 

 9,782 

 6,253 

- 

 6,354 

 79 

84,865

 74,084 

37,162

 19,319 

13,129

 6,613 

150,307

235,172

421,290

 334,659 

 11,342 

 2,492 

 72,797 

421,290

104,538

92,337

15,610

13,209

-

4,787

1,163

231,644

343,776

28,682

-

10,573

-

3,568

6,318

-

49,141

52,514

-

-

-

7,217

59,731

108,872

234,904

185,878

10,406

-

38,620

234,904

Share based 
payments 
reserve 
$’000

Retained 
earnings/ 
accumulated 
losses 
$’000

Hedge  
reserve
$’000

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the year ended  
30 June 2021

Balance at 1 July 2019

Total profit for the period

Note

Issued share 
capital 
$’000

185,878

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Share-based payments

Dividend payments

22

18

-

-

-

9,055

-

1,351

-

Balance at 30 June 2020

185,878

10,406

Balance at 1 July 2020

185,878

10,406

Total profit for the period

Other comprehensive income

19

Total Comprehensive Income 

-

-

-

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Shares issued, net of costs

148,781

Share-based payments

Dividend payments

22

18

-

-

-

-

-

-

936

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,492

2,492

-

-

-

Balance at 30 June 2021

334,659

11,342

2,492

The above Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Total 
$’000

221,579

29,442

1,351

(17,468)

234,904

26,646

29,442

-

(17,468)

38,620

38,620

234,904

42,917

-

42,917

-

-

(8,740)

72,797

42,917

2,492

45,409

148,781

936

(8,740)

421,290

AURELIA METALS 

 111

CASH FLOW STATEMENT 

For the year ended 30 June 2021

Cash flows from operating activities 

Receipts from customers

Payments to suppliers and employees

Payments for hedge settlements and foreign exchange

Interest received

Interest and finance charges paid

Income tax paid

Note

2021 
$000

409,562

(237,685)

(4,580)

314

(6,514)

(24,454)

2020 
$000

332,726

(217,032)

-

794

(2,027)

(3,930)

Net cash flows from operating activities

24

136,643

110,531

Cash flows from investing activities 

Payment for business acquisition 

Payments of stamp duty and other acquisition costs 

Payments for the purchase of property, plant and equipment

Payments for mine capital expenditure

Payments for exploration and evaluation

Payments for facility cash cover and security deposits

Payments for deferred acquisition and royalty costs

Payments on settlement of gold forwards

Payment for equity investment

Payments on foreign exchange

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment

Net cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from the issue of shares, net of costs

Proceeds from borrowings

Dividend payment to Shareholders

Principal element of lease payments

Repayment of loan and borrowings 

(165,252)

(20,001)

(14,903)

(51,543)

(20,631)

(8,605)

(4,452)

-

-

-

-

-

-

(40,146)

(33,321)

(12,157)

-

(2,611)

(26,402)

(200)

389

2,969

(285,387)

(111,479)

18

124,811

45,000

(8,740)

(8,104)

(8,100)

-

-

(17,468)

(6,221)

-

Net cash flows from/(used) in financing activities

144,867

(23,689)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Net foreign exchange difference

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

The above Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

(3,877)

(694)

79,103

74,532

(24,637)

(562)

104,302

79,103

112 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

26 February 2003

 — exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement 

1.  Corporate information
Aurelia Metals Limited is a company limited by shares, 
incorporated, and domiciled in Australia, whose shares are 
publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX).

Aurelia has the following wholly owned subsidiaries incorporated 
in Australia:

Entity name

Defiance Resources Pty Ltd

Hera Resources Pty Ltd

Nymagee Resources Pty Ltd

Peak Gold Asia Pacific Ltd

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

Dargues Gold Mines Pty Ltd*

Big Island Mining Pty Ltd*

Incorporation 
date

15 May 2006

20 August 2009

7 November 2011

31 October 1977

12 January 2006

3 February 2005

* Acquired on 17 December 2020 through the acquisition of the  
Dargues Mine 

The nature of the operations and principal activities of the 
consolidated group are gold, copper, lead, zinc and silver 
production and mineral exploration.

The financial report of Aurelia Metals Limited and its subsidiaries 
for the year ended 30 June 2021 was authorised for issue in 
accordance with a resolution of the Directors on 24 August 2021.

Basis of preparation

The financial report is a general-purpose financial report, which 
has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of 
the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards, 
and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board.

The financial report also complies with the International 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board.

The financial report has been prepared on a historical cost basis, 
except for investments, derivative instruments, contingent 
consideration, and deferred acquisition costs which are measured 
at fair value.

The financial report has been presented in Australian dollars, 
which is the functional currency of the Company.

Going concern

The financial report has been prepared on the going concern 
basis which contemplates the continuity of normal business 
activities and the realisation of assets and the settlement of 
liabilities in the ordinary course of business.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial 
statements of Aurelia Metals Limited and its subsidiaries.

Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to 
variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has 
the ability to affect those returns through its power over the 
investee. Specifically, the Group controls an investee if and only if 
the Group has:

 — power over the investee (i.e., existing rights that give it 
the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the 
investee);

with the investee;

 — the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its 

returns;

 — when the Group has less than a majority of the voting or 

similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all relevant 
facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power 
over an investee, including:

 — the contractual arrangement with the other vote holders 

of the investee;

 — rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and

 — the Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights.

The Group re-assesses whether it controls an investee if facts and 
circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more 
of the three elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary 
begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and 
ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, 
liabilities, income, and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or 
disposed of during the year are included in the statement of 
profit or loss from the date the Group gains control until the date 
the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for 
the same reporting period as the Company, using consistent 
accounting policies. Adjustments are made to bring into line any 
dissimilar accounting policies that may exist. In preparing the 
consolidated financial statements, all intercompany balances and 
transactions, income and expenses and profit and losses resulting 
from intra-group transactions, have been eliminated in full.

AURELIA METALS 

 113

1.  Corporate information (continued)

Foreign currency and translation

Functional and Presentation Currency

Both the functional and presentation currency of Aurelia Metals 
Limited and its controlled entities is Australian Dollars ($ or A$). 
The Group does not have any foreign operations.

Transactions and Balances

Transactions in foreign currency are initially recorded in the 
foreign currency at the exchange rates ruling at the date of 
transaction. The subsequent payment or receipt of funds related 
to a transaction is translated at the rate applicable on the date of 
payment or receipt. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in foreign currencies are re-translated at the rate of exchange 
ruling at the reporting date. All exchange differences in the 
consolidated financial statements are taken to the Statement of 
profit or loss as gain or loss on exchange.

Other accounting policies

Significant and other accounting policies that summarise the 
measurement basis used and are relevant to an understanding 
of the financial statements are provided throughout the notes to 
the financial statements.

2.  Operating segments and performance

2.1. Identification and description of segments
The consolidated entity applies AASB 8 Operating Segments 
which requires a management approach under which segment 
information is presented on the same basis as that used for 
internal reporting purposes.

An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages 
in business activities from which it may earn income and incur 
expenses (including income and expenses relating to transactions 
with other components of the same entity), whose operating 
results are regularly reviewed by the entity’s Chief Operating 
Decision Makers (CODM), to determine how resources are 
to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance. 
Management will also consider other factors in determining 
operating segments such as the existence of a line manager and 
the level of segment information presented to the Board  
of Directors.

The Consolidated Entity has identified its operating segments 
based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the 
Managing Director & CEO and the Board of Directors (the Chief 
Operating Decision Makers) in assessing performance and in 
determining the allocation of resources.

The Consolidated Entity operates entirely in the industry of 
exploration, development, and mining of minerals in Australia. 
The reportable segments are split between the operating 
mine sites (Hera, Peak and Dargues mines), and corporate and 
administrative activities. Financial information about each of 
these segments is reported to the Managing Director and Board 
of Directors monthly.

Corporate and administrative activities are not allocated to 
operating segments and form part of the reconciliation to net 
profit after tax and includes share-based expenses and other 
administrative expenditures incurred to support the business 
during the period.

Segment performance is evaluated based on earnings before 
interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA).

2.2. Accounting policies adopted
Unless otherwise stated, all amounts reported to the CODM with 
respect to operating segments, are determined in accordance 
with accounting policies that are consistent with those adopted 
in the annual financial statements of the consolidated entity.

2.3. Segment revenue
The revenue from external parties reported to the CODM is 
measured in a manner consistent with that of the statement of 
profit and loss and other comprehensive income.

Revenues from external customers are derived from the sale 
of metal in concentrate and gold and silver doré. The revenue 
from gold and silver doré sales is attributable to a gold refinery 
customer based in Perth and other counterparties with the 
largest customer accounting for 38% of the total sales revenue 
(2020: 68%). The concentrate revenue arises from sales to various 
customers with the largest customer accounting for 14% of total 
sales revenue (2020: 22%).

2.4. Segment assets and liabilities
Where an asset is used across multiple segments the asset is 
allocated to the segment that receives most of the economic 
value from the asset. In most instances, segment assets are 
clearly identifiable based on their nature and physical location.

Liabilities are allocated to segments where there is a direct 
nexus between the liability and the operations of the segment. 
Borrowings and tax liabilities are generally considered to relate 
to the whole consolidated entity and are not allocated. Segment 
liabilities include trade and other payables and other certain 
direct borrowings.

114 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)2.  Operating segments and performance (continued)

Unallocated items

The following items are not allocated to operating segments, as they are not considered part of the core operations of  
any segment:

 — interest and other income; 

 — share based payment expense; 

 — acquisition and integration costs and stamp duty expense incurred for the acquisition of Dargues Mine on  

17 December 2020; 

 — fair value adjustments/remeasurements at balance date related to financial assets and liabilities; and 

 — foreign exchange, commodity derivative transactions, investment revaluations, fair value adjustments, debt restructuring  

and gain/loss on the sale of financial assets.

2.5. Segment information
The segment information for the reportable segments is as follows:

Year ended 30 June 2021

Note

Sales revenue

Site EBITDA

3

Reconciliation of profit before tax 
expense:

Depreciation and amortisation expense

Corporate costs

Acquisition and integration costs and stamp  
duty expense11

Interest income and expense, net

Share based expenses

22

Exploration costs expensed

Other income and expenses, net

Loss on commodity derivatives and  
Foreign exchange

Income tax expense

5

Profit after income tax

Segment assets and liabilities

Total assets

Total liabilities

1 

Dargues Mine was acquired on 17 December 2020

Peak 
Mine
$’000

245,214

110,950

Hera  
Mine
$’000

138,924

58,425

Dargues
Mine1
$’000

32,339

14,816

Corporate & 
Elimination
$’000

-

-

Total
$’000

416,477

184,191

 (76,467)

 (13,804)

(20,002)

 (5,528)

 (936)

 (1,002)

 5,833 

 (671)

 (28,697)

42,917

213,229

(74,551)

 74,691 

 (35,085)

275,643

(69,037)

92,899 

(56,499)

656,462

(235,172)

AURELIA METALS 

 115

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)2.  Operating segments and performance (continued)

2.5.  Segment information (Continued)

Note

3

22

5

Year ended 30 June 2020

Sales revenue

Site EBITDA

Reconciliation of profit before tax expense:

Depreciation and amortisation expense

Corporate costs

Interest income and expense, net

Share based expenses

Exploration costs expensed

Other income and expenses, net

Loss on commodity derivatives and Foreign exchange

Income tax expense

Profit after income tax

Segment assets and liabilities

Total assets

Total liabilities

Peak 
Mine
$’000

185,366

60,214

Hera  
Mine
$’000

146,453

68,097

Corporate & 
Elimination
$’000

-

-

Total
$’000

331,819

128,311

(56,665)

(8,912)

(1,575)

(1,351)

(2,600)

2,359

(14,360)

(15,765)

29,442

203,562

(71,914)

72,846

(30,560)

67,368

(6,398)

343,776

(108,872)

3.  Sales revenue and other income
Profit before income tax includes the following revenues and other income whose disclosure is relevant in explaining the performance of 
the Group.

Sales revenue

Gold

Copper

Lead

Zinc

Silver

Note

2021 
$000

2020 
$000

253,574

216,521

45,857

50,141

51,778

15,127

41,972

38,277

25,960

9,089

Total sales revenue from contracts with customers

416,477

331,819

Other income

Sundry income

Fair value adjustments/remeasurement of financial assets and liabilities 

Fair value adjustment of financial assets 

Remeasurement of financial liabilities 

9

17

Total other income

Total finance income

116 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

361

2,731

(2,762)

8,234

5,472

5,833

3,887

-

3,887

6,618

314

795

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)3.  Sales revenue and other income (continued) 

Recognition and measurement

Sales revenue

Gold and silver doré sales

Revenue from gold and silver doré sales is recognised when 
control has been transferred to the refinery (which is at the point 
where the doré leaves the gold room at the mine site, or when 
the gold metal credits are transferred to the customer’s account) 
and once the quantity of the gold and silver and the selling prices 
are known or have been reasonably determined.

Gold, lead, zinc, copper and silver in concentrate sales

Recognition of revenue from metal in concentrate sales contracts 
with customers is dependent upon the individual contract with 
each customer, for each mine site. Depending on the contract, 
the Incoterms may be Cost, Insurance and Freight (CIF), Carriage 
and Insurance Paid (CIP), or Free On Board (FOB).

The Group generates concentrate sales revenue primarily from 
the obligation to transfer concentrate to the customer. As the 
Group sells some of the concentrate on CIF and CIP Incoterms, 
the freight/shipping services provided (as principal) under these 
contracts with customers to facilitate the sale of concentrate 
represent a secondary performance obligation.

Revenue is allocated between the performance obligations and is 
recognised as each performance obligation is met, which for the 
primary obligation occurs when the concentrate is delivered to a 
vessel or location, and for the secondary obligation, if applicable, 
is when the concentrate is delivered to the location specified by 
the customer. Revenue arising from the secondary obligation, 
if assessed as immaterial to the Group, is aggregated with the 
primary performance obligation for disclosure purposes.

Quotation period

As is industry practice, the terms of metal in concentrate 
sales contracts with third parties contain provisional pricing 
arrangements whereby the selling price for metal in concentrate 
is determined based on the market price prevailing at a future 
date (quotation period). Revenue for the primary performance 
obligation is measured based on the fair value of the 
consideration specified in a contract with the customer at the 
time of settling the performance obligation and is determined 
by reference to forward market prices. Provisional pricing 
adjustments, which occur between the fair value at the time 
of settling the primary performance obligation and the final 
price, have been assessed and are recorded within revenue from 
concentrate sales.

Freight services performance obligation

The freight service on export concentrate shipments represents 
a separate performance obligation as defined under AASB 15 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This means a portion 
of the revenue earned under these contracts proportionate 
to the cost of freight services has been deferred and will be 
recognised at the time the obligation is fulfilled, that is, when the 
concentrate reaches its final destination. For the year ended 30 
June 2021, the amount of deferred revenue is $0.7 million  
(2020: $0.5 million).

Other income

Fair value adjustment/remeasurement of financial assets and 
liabilities 

The financial assets and liabilities comprise:

 — a financial asset measured at fair value through profit and 
loss related to an investment in the ordinary capital of Sky 
Metals Limited, an entity listed on the Australian Securities 
Exchange (ASX). The fair value adjustment was determined 
based on the quoted market price of Sky Metals Limited as at 
30 June 2021; and

 — a financial liability measured at amortised cost related to 

a third-party royalty payable on the gross revenue from 
the sale of gold concentrate from the Dargues Mine. The 
remeasurement of the liability is based on changes to the 
applied gold price and foreign exchange rate, estimated 
future sales volumes and the discount rate. 

AURELIA METALS 

 117

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)4.  Cost of sales and other expenses 

Cost of sales

Site production costs

Transport and refining

Royalty

Inventory movement

Depreciation and amortisation

Total cost of sales

Corporate administration expenses

Corporate administration expenses

Corporate depreciation

Total corporate administration expenses

Commodity derivative loss

Loss on gold forward contracts2 

Total loss on commodity derivatives

Other expenses

Loss on disposal of fixed assets 

Unrealised foreign exchange loss

Realised foreign exchange loss/(gain)

Total other expenses 

Finance costs

Interest expense3 

Interest on lease liabilities

Unwinding of discount

Total finance costs

Note

2021 
$000

2020 
$000

204,385

178,964

18,343

12,089

(2,531)

15,719

9,439

(615)

232,286

203,507

76,467

308,753

56,338

259,845

13,344

460

13,804

-

-

18

192

461

671

 4,434 

 699 

 709 

 5,842 

8,913

327

9,240

14,360

14,360

4,143

177

(61)

4,259

1,108

774

488

2,370

15

14

2 

3 

In prior years, the Company had entered into derivative commodity contracts for the forward sale of gold that had not been hedges. All of these gold forwards were settled at 
30 June 2020.
Interest expense includes establishment fees for a new secured Syndicated Facilities Agreement, interest on concentrate prepayments and other interest expenses.

118 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)5.  Income tax
The Group is a tax consolidated group at balance date. The major components of income tax expense for the years ended  
30 June 2021 and 2020 are:

5.1.  Income tax expense

Current income tax

Current tax on profits for the year

Adjustments in respect of current income tax of previous year

Deferred tax:

Deferred tax movements for the year

Income tax expense reported in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

5.2.  Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable

Accounting profit before income tax

Prima facie income tax expense @ 30% 

Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible/(taxable) in calculating taxable income

Stamp duty and other non-assessable items

Prior year under provisions

Temporary differences not previously recognised

Income tax expense

5.3.  Deferred tax balances
The net deferred tax liability of $13.2 million (2020: asset of $1.2 million), relates to the following:

Recognised deferred tax balances

Provisions

Mine properties

Inventories

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

Other

Property, plant and equipment

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset

2021 
$000

10,050

3,106

15,541

28,697

2021 
$000

71,614

21,484

4,832

3,106

(725)

28,697

2021 
$000

22,903

 (27,904)

 (743)

 (10,348)

2,161

802

 (13,129)

2020 
$000

 10,005

1,800

3,960

15,765

2020 
$000

45,207

13,562

403

1,800

-

15,765

2020 
$000

19,331

(13,241)

(1,728)

(4,617)

(3,124)

4,542

1,163

The deferred tax balance includes a deferred tax asset of $4.0 million recognised on acquisition of the Dargues Mine. 

AURELIA METALS 

 119

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)5.  Income tax (continued)

Recognition and measurement

Current income tax

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be paid to or recovered from 
the taxation authorities based on the current period’s taxable income. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those 
that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, the carry forward of unused tax credits and any unused 
tax losses. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the 
deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised, except:

 — when the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability; 

 — in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor 

taxable profit or loss; and

 — in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint 

arrangements, when the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary 
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable 
that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax 
assets are re-assessed at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits 
will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realised or the 
liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are recognised in equity and not in the income statement.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax  
assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to the same taxable entity and the same  
taxation authority.

6.  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at banks

Short term deposits 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Recognition and measurement

2021 
$000

74,258

274

74,532

2020 
$000

78,729

374

79,103

Cash and short-term deposits in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and on hand and short-term deposits classified as financial 
assets held at amortised cost.

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits are made for varying periods of 
generally between one day and three months depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group and earn interest at the 
respective short-term deposit rates.

Restricted cash

Restricted cash is not available for day to day operations and is therefore excluded from cash and cash equivalents. The Group has $8.6 
million (2020: Nil) held as restricted cash by the banking syndicate providing the Guarantee Facility as part of the secured Syndicated 
Facilities Agreement (refer to Note 16 for further information).

120 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)7.  Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

GST receivable

Other receivables

2021 
$000

8,131

6,326

3,021

17,478

2020 
$000

4,073

2,579

116

6,768

Recognition and measurement

All of the above are non-interest bearing and generally receivable on 30 to 90 day terms. At balance date, no material amount of trade 
receivables were past due or impaired.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables (subject to provisional pricing), comprising base metal and gold concentrates, are initially recorded at the fair value of 
contracted sale proceeds expected to be received only when there has been a passing of control to the customer. Approximately 90-95% 
of the provisional invoice for concentrate sales (based on the provisional price) is received in cash when the goods are loaded onto  
the ship. 

The collectability of debtors is reviewed in line with a forward-looking expected credit loss (ECL) approach. The Group has adopted AASB 
9’s simplified approach and calculates ECL’s based on lifetime expected credit losses, and takes into consideration any historical credit 
loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment. 

Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest rate (EIR) method and are subject to 
impairment. The Group’s financial assets at amortised cost include trade receivables (not subject to provisional pricing) and  
other receivables. 

Trade receivables (subject to provisional pricing) are exposed to future commodity price movements over the quotational period (QP) 
and are measured at fair value up until the date of settlement. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to 
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. These trade receivables are initially 
measured at the amount which the Group expects to be entitled, being the estimate of the price expected to be received at the end of 
the QP. The QP is typically for a between one and three months post-shipment, and final payment is due within 30 days from the end of 
the QP.

Other receivables 

The Share Sale Agreement for the acquisition of the Dargues Mine provides for a Net Working Capital Adjustment. The estimated net 
receivable of $3.1 million, has been recognised at 30 June 2021 (refer to Note 29 for further detail). 

8.  Inventories

Finished concentrate

Finished gold doré

Metal in circuit

Ore stockpiles 

Materials and supplies

Total current inventory

2021 
$000

14,720

620

1,429

4,452

8,211

2020 
$000

4,211

1,829

2,615

8,785

7,323

29,432

24,763

AURELIA METALS 

 121

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)8.  Inventories (continued)

Recognition and measurement

Materials and supplies are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimate selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses. An allowance for obsolescence is determined 
with reference to the stores inventory items identified. A regular review is undertaken to determine the extent of any provision  
for obsolescence.

Ore stockpiles, gold in circuit, dore and concentrate are physically measured (or estimated) and valued at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value. Cost represents the weighted average cost and includes direct costs and an appropriate portion of fixed and variable 
production overhead expenditure, including depreciation and amortisation, incurred in converting materials into finished goods. 

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion and estimated 
costs necessary to make the sale.

KEY JUDGEMENTS - NET REALISABLE VALUE
The computation of net realisable value for ore stockpiles, gold in circuit, doré and concentrate involves significant judgements 
and estimates in relation to timing and cost of processing, commodity prices, foreign exchange rates, recoveries and the timing of 
sale of the doré and concentrate produced. A change in any of these assumptions will alter the estimated net realisable value and 
may therefore impact the carrying value of ore stockpiles. Separately identifiable costs of conversion of each metal are specifically 
allocated.

Stockpiles are measured by estimating the number of tonnes added and removed from the stockpile, the number of contained 
gold ounces is based on assay data, and the estimated recovery percentage is based on the expected processing method. Stockpile 
tonnages are verified by periodic surveys.

9.  Financial assets

Movement in carrying value of listed equity investment

Opening balance

Fair value adjustment

Purchase of placement shares

Closing balance

Note

3

2021 
$000

4,787

(2,762)

-

2,025

2020 
$000

700

3,887

200

4,787

At 30 June 2021 the Company held 18,410,000 fully paid ordinary shares (2020: 18,410,000 shares) in Sky Metals Limited  
(ASX: SKY). The fair value adjustment at 30 June 2021 was determined based on the quoted market share price of Sky Metals Limited as 
at 30 June 2021.

Recognition and measurement

Investments are classified as financial assets and comprise of quoted equity instruments which the Group intends to hold for the 
foreseeable future. The equity instruments are not held for trading but rather intended to be held over the long-term as a strategic 
investment. The Group elects to measure investments at either fair value through the profit and loss or fair value through other 
comprehensive income on an investment-by-investment basis.

122 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)10. Property, plant and equipment

Plant and equipment at cost

Property at cost

Accumulated depreciation

Movement in property, plant and equipment

Carrying value at the beginning of the year

Acquisition of Dargues Mine

Additions/expenditure during the year

Depreciation for the year

Transfer to mine properties

Assets written off

Assets disposed or sold

Closing balance

Recognition and measurement

2021 
$000

254,869

 5,999 

(90,410) 

 170,458 

 104,538 

 74,390 

 14,443

(22,432) 

(336) 

(126) 

(19) 

2020 
$000

171,943

764

(68,169)

104,538

85,351

-

44,727

(16,909)

-

(1,502)

(7,129)

170,458

104,538

Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation, amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. 
The initial cost of an asset comprises its purchase price or construction cost, any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset into 
operation, and, for qualifying assets (where relevant), borrowing costs. The purchase price or construction cost is the aggregate amount 
paid and the fair value of any other consideration given to acquire the asset.

Derecognition

Items of property, plant and equipment are derecognised upon disposal or when no further future economic benefits are expected from 
its use or disposal. Any gain or loss from derecognising the asset is included in the statement of profit or loss in the period the item  
is derecognised.

When an asset is surplus to requirements the carrying amount of the asset is reviewed and is written down to its recoverable amount  
or derecognised.

Depreciation and amortisation

Items of plant and equipment and mine development are depreciated over their estimated useful lives.

The Group uses the units of production basis when depreciating mine specific assets which results in a depreciation charge proportional 
to the depletion of the anticipated remaining life of mine production. Each item’s economic life has due regard to both its physical life 
limitations and to present assessments of economically recoverable reserves of the mine property at which it is located.

For the remainder of assets, the straight-line method is used. The rates for the straight-line method vary between 10% and  
33% per annum.

KEY JUDGEMENTS - USEFUL LIVES, RESIDUAL VALUES AND DEPRECIATION METHODS
The process of estimating the remaining useful lives, residual values and depreciation methods involve significant judgement. These 
estimates are reviewed annually for all major items of plant and equipment. Any changes are accounted for prospectively from the 
date of reassessment to the end of the revised useful life.

AURELIA METALS 

 123

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)11.  Mine properties

Mine properties at cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Movement in mine properties 

Carrying value at the beginning of the year

Acquisition of Dargues Mine

Development expenditure during the year

Transfer from exploration and evaluation 

Depreciation for the year

Transfer from property, plant and equipment

Closing balance

Recognition and measurement

2021 
$000

551,810

(264,775)

287,035

92,337

 170,321

 67,765

2,732

(46,456)

336

287,035

2020 
$000

310,523

(218,186)

92,337

87,748

-

36,308

-

(31,719)

-

92,337

The initial cost of an asset comprises its purchase price or construction cost, any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset into 
operation, the initial estimate of the rehabilitation obligation, and, for qualifying assets (where relevant), borrowing costs. The purchase 
price or construction cost is the aggregate amount paid and the fair value of any other consideration given to acquire the asset.

Mine properties also consist of the fair value attributable to mineral reserves and the portion of mineral resources considered to be 
probable of economic extraction at the time of an acquisition. 

When a mine construction project moves into the production phase, the capitalisation of certain mine construction costs  
ceases, and costs are either regarded as part of the cost of inventory or expensed, except for costs which qualify for capitalisation 
relating to mining asset additions, improvements or new developments, underground mine development or mineable  
reserve development.

Depreciation and amortisation

Accumulated mine development costs are depreciated/amortised on a unit-of-production basis over the economically recoverable 
reserves and the portion of mineral resources considered to be probable of economic extraction, except in the case of assets whose 
useful life is shorter than the life of the mine, in which case the straight-line method is applied.

The unit of account for run of mines (ROM) costs is Gold Metal Equivalent units mined (measured in ounces), whereas the unit of account 
for post-ROM costs is Gold Metal Equivalent units processed (measured in ounces).

Rights and concessions are depleted on the unit-of-production (UOP) basis over the economically recoverable reserves of the relevant 
area. The unit-of-production rate calculation for the depreciation/amortisation of mine development costs considers expenditures 
incurred to date, together with planned future mine development expenditure.

The estimated fair value attributable to the mineral reserves and the portion of mineral resources considered to be probable of 
economic extraction at the time of the acquisition is amortised on a UOP basis whereby the denominator is the proven and probable 
reserves and the portion of resources expected to be extracted economically.

The estimated fair value of the mineral resources that are not considered to be probable of economic extraction at the time of the 
acquisition is not subject to amortisation, until the resource becomes probable of economic extraction in the future and is recognised in 
exploration and evaluation assets.

124 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)11.  Mine properties (continued)

Assessment of impairment

At each reporting date, the Company assesses whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Indicators reviewed include, 
but are not limited to, the operating performance of the Cash Generating Unit (“CGU”), future business plans, assumptions around future 
commodity prices, exchange rates, production rates and production costs. Where an indicator of impairment exists, the Company makes 
a formal estimate of recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the carrying 
amount is reduced to the recoverable amount and the impairment loss recognised in the Statement of Profit or Loss.

The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell (FVLCD) and value in use (VIU). It is determined for an individual 
asset, unless the asset’s VIU cannot be estimated to be close to its FVLCD and it does not generate cash inflows that are largely 
independent of those from other assets or groups of assets, in which case, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating 
unit to which the asset belongs.

The Group considers each of its mine sites to be a separate CGU. The FVLCD for each CGU is estimated based on discounted future 
estimated cash flows (expressed in real terms) expected to be generated from the continued use of the CGUs, using market-based 
commodity price and exchange assumptions, estimated quantities of recoverable minerals, production levels, operating costs and capital 
requirements, including expansion projects, based on the latest life of mine plans.

These cash flows are discounted using a real post-tax discount rate that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the CGU.

The determination of FVLCD for each CGU are Level 3 fair value measurements, as they are derived from valuation techniques that 
include inputs that are not based on observable market data. The Group considers the inputs and the valuation approach to be consistent 
with the approach taken by market participants.

The impairment review conducted at 30 June 2021 concluded no impairment.

KEY JUDGEMENTS - DEPRECIATION AND IMPAIRMENT ASSESSMENT OF MINE PROPERTIES

Units of production method of depreciation and amortisation

The Company uses the unit-of-production basis where depreciating/amortising specific assets which results in a depreciation/
amortisation charge proportional to the depletion of the anticipated remaining life of mine production.

Each item’s economic life, which is assessed annually, has due regard to both its physical life limitations and to present assessments 
of economically recoverable reserves of the mine property at which it is located. These calculations require the use of estimates and 
assumptions.

Impairment

The Company assesses each Cash-Generating Unit (GGU), at each reporting period to determine whether there is any indication of 
impairment or reversal. Where an indicator of impairment or reversal exists, a formal estimate of the recoverable amount is made, 
which is deemed as being the higher of the fair value costs of disposal and value in use.

These assessments require the use of estimates and assumptions which could change over time and are impacted by various 
economic factors such as discount rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, gold multiple values, future operating development and 
sustaining capital requirements and operating performance. A change in one or more of these assumptions used to determine the 
value in use or fair value less costs of disposal could result in a material adjustment in a CGU’s recoverable amount. 

AURELIA METALS 

 125

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)12. Exploration and evaluation assets

Exploration and evaluation assets at cost

Accumulated exploration and evaluation written off

Closing balance

Movement in exploration and evaluation assets 

Carrying value at the beginning of the year

Acquisition of Dargues Mine 

Expenditure during the year

Transfer to mine properties 

Expenditure written off during the year

Closing balance

Recognition and measurement

2021 
$000

64,927

(25,609)

39,318

15,610

6,698

20,744

(2,732)

(1,002)

39,318

2020 
$000

40,271

(24,661)

15,610

5,878

-

12,332

-

(2,600)

15,610

Expenditure on acquisition, exploration and evaluation relating to an area of interest is carried forward where rights to tenure of the 
area of interest are current and:

 — it is expected that expenditure will be recouped through successful development and exploitation of the area of interest or 

alternatively by its sale; and/or

 — exploration and evaluation activities are continuing in an area of interest but at balance date have not yet reached a stage which 

permits a reasonable assessment of the existence or otherwise of economically recoverable reserves.

Such expenditure consists of an accumulation of acquisition costs, direct exploration and evaluation costs incurred, together with an 
appropriate portion of directly related overhead expenditure.

A regular review is undertaken on each area of interest to determine the appropriateness of continuing to carry forward costs in relation 
to an area of interest. The carrying value of capitalised exploration and evaluation assets are assessed for impairment when facts and 
circumstances suggest that the carrying value may exceed its recoverable amount. During the year, an impairment expense of $1.0 
million was recognised (2020: $2.6 million).

KEY JUDGEMENTS - IMPAIRMENT
The consolidated entity performs impairment testing on specific exploration assets as required in AASB 6 para 20. Significant 
judgement is applied during the review and assessment of the carried forward costs and the extent to which the costs are expected 
to the recouped through the successful future development of the area of interest.

126 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)13. Trade and other payables

Trade payables and accruals

Other payables

Recognition and measurement

2021 
$000

42,445

4,855

47,300

2020 
$000

24,563

4,119

28,682

Trade and other payables represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year that  
are unpaid.

Trade payables are unsecured, non-interest bearing and generally payable on 7 to 30-day terms. The carrying amounts of trade and other 
payables are considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature. No assets of the Group have been pledged as 
security for the trade and other payables.

The increase in trade payables is partly attributable to the inclusion of trade payables and accruals for Dargues Gold Mines.

14. Provisions

Current

Employee 

Mine rehabilitation

Deferred acquisition costs

Other

Total current provisions

Non-Current

Mine rehabilitation

Deferred acquisition costs

Employee

Total non-current provisions

Total provisions

2021 
$000

7,007

1,619

1,035

121

9,782

72,793

983

308

74,084

2020 
$000

7,305

-

2,630

638

10,573

49,986

2,166

362

52,514

83,866

63,087

AURELIA METALS 

 127

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)14. Provisions (continued) 

At 30 June 2021

Opening balance

Acquisition of Dargues Mine

Re-measurement of provision

Discount unwinding charged to Income 
Statement

Amounts paid/utilised during the year

Closing balance

At 30 June 2020

Opening balance

Re-measurement of provision

Discount unwinding charged to Income 
Statement

Amounts paid/utilised during the year

Closing balance

Employee benefits

Employee 
$’000

Mine  
Rehabilitation 
$’000

Deferred 
acquisition 
$’000

7,667

-

3,124

-

(3,476)

7,315

 49,986 

 13,428 

 10,301 

 697 

 - 

 74,412 

 4,796 

 - 

 323 

 12 

(3,113) 

 2,018 

Employee 
$’000

Mine  
Rehabilitation 
$’000

Deferred 
acquisition 
$’000

7,777

2,895

-

(3,005)

7,667

43,701

5,834

451

-

49,986

5,534

1,836

37

(2,611)

4,796

Other 
$’000

 638 

 - 

 1,219 

 - 

(1,736) 

 121 

Other 
$’000

727

1,656

-

(1,745)

638

Total 
$’000

 63,087 

 13,428 

 14,967 

 709 

(8,325) 

 83,866 

Total 
$’000

57,739

12,221

488

(7,361)

63,087

The provision for employee benefits represents annual leave and long service leave entitlements for current employees. The balance 
also includes the annual leave and long service leave balance related to previous employees who transferred from Aurelia to PYBAR (as a 
result of the transition to contract mining from 1 February 2020). Aurelia remains liable for the benefits earned by these employees up to 
the date of transfer.

Mine rehabilitation

The nature of mine rehabilitation and site restoration costs includes the dismantling and removal of mining plant, equipment and 
building structures, waste removal and restoration, reclamation, and re-vegetation of affected areas of the site in accordance with the 
requirements of the mining permits.

As part of the Syndicated Facilities Agreement, the Company has a $50 million Credit Facility for the purpose of providing Letters of 
Credit for the Company’s environmental guarantee obligations. At 30 June 2021, Letters of Credit totalling $47.7 million have been 
drawn (30 June 2020: $43.1 million), offset by a total of $8.6 million (2020: Nil) held by the banks as restricted cash to back the Letters  
of Credit.

In the current year, the Company engaged environmental consultants to benchmark the rates used in estimating the mine rehabilitation 
provision. The change in the mine rehabilitation provision is due to the application of the benchmarked rates  
as well as other amounts related to the rehabilitation related to our operating mine sites and land holdings.

Deferred acquisition costs

This relates to deferred acquisition costs on the purchase of Hera Mine. The Group records deferred acquisition costs at  
fair value using the discounted cash flow methodology based on the two year Australian government bond rate of 0.05%  
(2020: three year Australian government bond rate 0.39%).

Other provisions

Other provisions relate to electricity provisions.

128 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)14. Provisions (continued) 

Recognition and measurement

General

Provisions are recognised when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable 
that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made 
of the amount of the obligation.

Where the Company expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only 
when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the statement of profit or loss net of 
any reimbursement.

Employee benefits

Annual leave liabilities are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. Long service leave liabilities 
are measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows, discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, where 
appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is 
recognised as part of finance costs in the statement of profit or loss.

Mine rehabilitation

The rehabilitation provision represents the present value of the estimated future rehabilitation costs relating to mine sites. The discount 
rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate reflecting the current market assessments. The unwinding of the discounting 
of the provision is included in finance costs in the statement of profit or loss.

When the liability is initially recorded, the present value of the estimated cost is capitalised as part of the carrying value of mine 
properties, which is amortised on a units of production basis. Additional disturbances or changes in rehabilitation costs will be recognised 
as additions or changes to the corresponding asset and rehabilitation liability when incurred. 

Deferred acquisition costs in relation to Hera

The Company measures the deferred acquisition costs by reference to the fair value of net present value of future cash outflows. The 
following assumptions have been taken into account: risk free bond rate, gold price, timing and possibility of payment.

Other provisions

The provision for electricity represents the total estimated liability at year end. The liability is settled using electricity certificates bought 
in advance and included in current assets (prepayments)

KEY JUDGEMENTS – MINE REHABILITATION 

Mine rehabilitation

Significant estimates and assumptions are required in determining the provision for mine rehabilitation as there are many 
transactions and other factors that will affect the ultimate liability payable to rehabilitate the mine sites. Changes in technology, 
regulations, price increases, changes in timing of cash flows which are based on life of mine plan and changes in discount rates affect 
recognised value of the liability. These factors will impact the mine rehabilitation provision in the period in which they change or 
become known. An increase/(decrease) in CPI by 50 basis points will result in a $2.9 million (2020: $2.5 million) increase/(decrease) in 
the profit or loss and equity.

AURELIA METALS 

 129

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)15. Leases
The Company has lease contracts for mining, property, plant, machinery, and other equipment used in its operations. The leases 
generally have lease terms between 2 and 5 years. 

Set out below are the carrying amounts of right-of-use assets recognised and the movements during the period:

Right of use assets

Carrying value at the beginning of the year

Additions

Depreciation expense

Carrying value at the end of the year

Recognition and measurement 

Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movements during the period:

Lease liabilities

Current

Non-current

Closing balance 

Movement in lease liabilities

Carrying value at the beginning of the year

Additions

Interest expense

Payments

Carrying value at the end of the year

The following are the amounts recognised in profit or loss

Depreciation expense for right-of-use assets

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Expense relating variable lease payments (included in cost of sales)

Expense relating to short term leases and low value assets (included in cost of sales)

2021 
$000

13,209

7,505

(8,040)

12,674

2021 
$000

6,354

6,613

12,967

 13,535 

 7,542 

 699 

(8,809)

 12,967 

8,040

699

78,479

15

87,233

2020 
$000

16,945

2,800

(6,536)

13,209

2020 
$000

6,318

7,217

13,535

16,945

2,799

774

(6,983)

13,535

6,536

774

109,417

51

116,778

Right of use assets 

The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the underlying asset is available for use). 
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement 
of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and 
lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a 
straight-line basis over the shorter of its estimated useful life and the lease term. The depreciation for the mine site is disclosed under 
cost of sales whereas depreciation for the Corporate site is included in corporate administration expenses. Right-of-use assets are 
subject to impairment.

130 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)15. Leases (continued)

Lease Liabilities

At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be 
made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives 
receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. 

The variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expense in the period on which the event or 
condition that triggers the payment occurs. The lease interest expense is disclosed as finance costs in the statement of profit or loss and 
is included as part of interest paid under cash flows from operating activities in the Cash Flow Statement.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses the incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date 
if the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is 
increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made.

In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the 
in-substance fixed lease payments or a change in the assessment to purchase the underlying asset.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases of machinery and equipment (i.e., those leases 
that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). It also applies the lease 
of low-value assets recognition exemption to leases of office equipment that are considered of low value  
(i.e., below $5,000). 

Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as expense on a straight- line basis over the  
lease term.

KEY JUDGEMENTS – ESTIMATING INCREMENTAL BORROWING RATE, IDENTIFICATION OF NON-LEASE 
COMPONENTS AND IN SUBSTANCE FIXED RATES 
The Group cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in its leases. Therefore, it uses the relevant incremental borrowing 
rate (IBR) to measure lease liabilities. The IBR is the rate of interest that the Group would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, 
and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic 
environment. The Group estimates the IBR using observable inputs (such as market interest rates) when available and entity-specific 
judgements estimates (such as the lease term and certain contract provisions).

In addition to containing a lease, some of the Group’s arrangement involves the provision of additional services. These are non-lease 
components, and the Group has elected to separate these from the lease components. Judgement is required to identify each of the 
lease and non-lease components. The consideration in the contract is then allocated between the lease and non-lease components 
on a relative stand-alone price basis. The Group also applies judgement to determine in-substance fixed payments included in the 
lease payments such as unavoidable fixed minimum amounts.

AURELIA METALS 

 131

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)16. Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Current

Term loan facility

Less: Borrowing costs paid

Non-current

Term loan facility

Less: Borrowing costs paid

Total interest-bearing liabilities

Effective 
interest rate 
%

BBSY +4

BBSY +4

2021 
$000

16,200

(1,103)

15,097

20,700

(1,381)

19,319

34,416

2020 
$000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

On 16 December 2020, Aurelia entered a new secured Syndicated Facilities Agreement totaling $115 million. The facilities comprise a  
$45 million term loan (fully drawn), a $20 million working capital facility (undrawn) and a $50 million credit facility ($47.7 million utilised). 
The drawn amounts from the term loan were applied for the acquisition of the Dargues Mine on  
17 December 2020. The banking syndicate providing the facilities comprise ANZ, NAB and BNP Paribas. 

The loan is secured by a floating charge over all assets of the Group and is repayable in full by September 2023. 

Under the term loan facility, a mandatory gold hedging program was effected which initially comprised gold forwards of 55,000oz with 
maturities over a twelve-month period. During the term of the facility, the Company must maintain gold hedging for a minimum of 20% 
of the Group’s forecast gold production in each twelve-month period. 

The purpose of the credit facility is to provide for the bank guarantee and environmental bond requirements for the Group.

The new Syndicated Facilities Agreement replace the previous funding arrangements which included a $30 million working capital facility 
(undrawn) and a $50 million bond facility.

Recognition and measurement

At initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are classified as financial liabilities measured at fair value net of directly 
attributable transaction costs. Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction 
costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

Establishment fees related to the facilities are capitalised as a prepayment and amortised over the term of the facility to which it  
relates to.

132 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)17.  Other financial liabilities 

Current

Third party royalty liability 

Non-Current

Third party royalty liability 

Contingent consideration liability 

Note

Movement in carrying value of other financial liabilities

Recognition at acquisition of Dargues Mine

Payments during the year 

Remeasurement of liability/FV adjustment through profit & loss 

3

Closing balance at 30 June 2021

2021 
$000

6,253

6,253

32,912

4,250

37,162

2020 
$000

-

-

-

-

-

 Third party 
royalty 
liability

Contingent 
liability 
consideration

48,914

(1,370)

(8,379)

39,165

4,105

-

145

4,250

17.1. Third party royalty liability
On 21 December 2018, a funding agreement with Triple Flag (TFM) was executed, where TFM agreed to fund the Dargues Gold Project in 
consideration for the grant of a royalty. Following the acquisition of Dargues Mine on 17th December 2020, as a going concern, Aurelia 
Metals assumed the obligations related to the royalty due to the continuing obligation provisions of the royalty deed. The royalty is 
calculated on the gross revenue generated from the sale of gold concentrate from the Dargues Mine and is payable in United States 
Dollars (USD).

The liability is measured at amortised cost. The value is determined by discounting the future royalty payments using the 5-year 
government bond rate plus risk adjustment based on the information available as at reporting date. 

The royalty liability is subject to periodic remeasurement for changes in the following assumptions:

 — gold price;
 — life of mine extension and related change in sales volumes; and
 — foreign exchange rate.

Recognition and measurement

At initial recognition the third-party royalty liabilities are classified as financial liabilities measured at fair value net of directly 
attributable transaction costs. Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction 
costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the liability using the effective interest method.

17.2. Contingent consideration liability 
In accordance with AASB 3 Business Combinations, the Group is required to recognise a contingent consideration liability assumed in a 
business combination at the acquisition date. 

The Company acquired Dargues Mine on 17th December 2020. The total purchase consideration of $190.5 million includes a contingent 
component of up to a maximum of A$5 million, which may be settled by Aurelia ordinary shares based (or cash at Aurelia’s option) which is due on 
the addition of incremental JORC compliant Mineral Resources discovered at Dargues up to 30 June 2022.

Recognition and measurement 

The contingent consideration liability was recognised at fair value at acquisition and subsequently remeasured at fair value through 
profit and loss at the reporting date. 

AURELIA METALS 

 133

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 
18. Contributed equity

18.1. Movements in ordinary shares on issue

30 June 2021

Opening balance

Shares issued from Placement and Institutional Entitlement Offer

Shares issued on vesting of performance rights

Shares issued from Retail Entitlement Offer

Shares issued as equity consideration

Employee Share Scheme

Share issue costs

Closing balance

30 June 2020

Opening balance

Shares issued upon exercise of options

Shares issued on vesting of performance rights

Closing balance

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

Date

Number

873,983,797

25-Nov-20

217,006,547

30-Nov-20

1,565,201

10-Dec-20

85,957,026

17-Dec-20

55,813,954

6-May-21

413,350

-

1,234,739,875

Date

Number

(vii)

(viii)

30-Aug-19

11-Feb-20

867,879,333

5,541,964

562,500

$’000

185,878

93,313

-

36,962

24,000

-

(5,494)

334,659

$’000

185,878

-

-

873,983,797

185,878

(i)  On 25 November 2020, the Company completed a Placement and Institutional Entitlements Offer. The proceeds raised were applied towards to the acquisition of the Dargues 

Mine. The shares were issued at $0.43 per share. 

(ii)  Shares issued upon the vesting of 1,565,201 Performance Rights for no consideration. These shares issued will be held in escrow for a period of 12 months from grant date 

(refer to note 22.3 for further detail).

(iii)  On 10 December 2020, the Company completed the retail component of the Entitlement Offer (the Retail Entitlement Offer). The proceeds raised were applied towards to 

the acquisition of the Dargues Mine. The shares were issued at $0.43 per share.

(iv)  On 17 December 2020, a total of 55,813,954 shares were issued as part of the purchase consideration for the acquisition of the Dargues Mine. The shares were issued at $0.43 

per share (Refer to note 29 for further detail).

(v)  On 6 May 2021, a total of 413,350 shares were issued under the Employee Share Scheme for no consideration, where eligible employees are invited to participate in the plan to 
receive fully paid ordinary shares in the Company (subject to dealing restrictions ending on the earlier of 3 years after grant or when the employee ceases employment) with a 
nominal value of $1,000, which depending on the individual’s taxable income in the relevant year, may be tax exempt (refer to note 22.2 for further detail). 

(vi)  Share issue costs of $5.494 million relates to the Entitlement Offers made during the year.

(vii)  Vesting of employee Performance Rights (Class 16B, Class 16C, Class 18A) for no consideration. A Total of 2,541,964 shares are held in escrow for a period of 12 months from 

31 August 2019 (refer to note 22.3 for further detail).

(viii)  Vesting of employee Performance Rights (Class 16B) for no consideration (refer to note 22.3 for further detail). 

Recognition and measurement

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown directly in 
equity as a deduction, net of tax, from proceeds.

Ordinary shares which have no par value have the right to receive dividends as declared and, in the event of a winding up of the Parent, 
to participate in the proceeds from sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of and amounts paid up on shares held. 
Ordinary shares entitle their holder to one vote, either in person or proxy, at a meeting of the Company.

18.2. Dividends made and proposed

Dividend Paid

Dividend paid

Total

2021 
$000

8,740

8,740

2020 
$000

17,468

17,468

A fully franked dividend of 1 cent per fully paid ordinary share was paid on 2 October 2020 related to the financial year ended  
30 June 2020. The Directors did not recommend the payment of a dividend for the financial year ended 30 June 2021.

The franking account balance at the end of the financial year is $54 million (2020: $37 million). The Company currently does not have a 
share buy-back plan or a dividend reinvestment plan.

134 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)19. Reserves

Share based payment reserve

Movements in reserves

Movement in share base payments reserve

Opening balance

Share based payment expense

Closing balance

OCI items net of tax: Cash flow hedge reserve

Opening balance

Commodity forward contracts

Closing balance

Recognition and measurement 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments 

2021 
$000

11,342

11,342

2021 
$000

 10,406

 936 

 11,342

2021 
$000

-

 2,492

2,492

2020 
$000

10,406

10,406

2020 
$000

9,055

1,351

10,406

2020 
$000

-

-

-

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered, and they are subsequently remeasured to 
their fair value at the end of each reporting period. 

The group designates derivatives as either:

 — hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedges); or

 — hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash flows of recognised assets and liabilities and highly probable forecast 

transactions (cash flow hedges).

Hedge accounting

At inception of the hedge relationship, the group documents the economic relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items 
including whether changes in the cash flows of the hedging instruments are expected to offset changes in the cash flows of hedged 
items. The group documents its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking its hedge transactions (refer to note 23.1 for 
further detail).

Hedge effectiveness

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cashflow hedges is recognised in the 
cash flow hedge reserve within equity. Amounts included in the hedge reserve are released to profit and loss when the hedge contracts 
are closed and revenue has been recognised in the profit and loss. When a hedge becomes ineffective the cumulative amount recognised 
in equity is released to the profit and loss.

Movement in reserves

The Company provides benefits to employees in the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby employees render services in 
exchange for shares or rights over shares (“equity-settled transactions”), as issued under the Company’s employee Performance Rights 
Plan. The plan forms part of the Company’s remuneration framework, as detailed and explained in the Remuneration Report to these 
Financial Statements. 

During the year, the Company introduced an Employee Share Scheme, where eligible employees are invited to participate in the plan to 
receive fully paid ordinary shares in the Company (subject to dealing restrictions ending on the earlier of 3 years after grant or when the 
employee ceases employment) with a nominal value of $1,000.

AURELIA METALS 

 135

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)20. Retained earnings

Movements in retained earnings were as follows:

Opening balance

Profit after tax for the year

Dividend paid

Closing balance

21. Earnings per share (EPS)

Profit attributable to owners of Aurelia Limited used to calculate basic and diluted earnings

2021 
$000

38,620

42,917

(8,740)

72,797

2021 
$000

42,917

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating basic earnings per share

1,082,354

2020 
$000

26,646

29,442

(17,468)

38,620

2020 
$000

29,442

872,729

Weighted average number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary shares used as the denominator in 
calculating diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (cents per share)

Diluted earnings per share (cents per share)

Basic earnings per share 

1,090,726

880,684

3.97

3.93

3.37

3.34

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent company, by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share

Earnings used to calculate diluted earnings per share are calculated by adjusting the amount used in determining basic earnings per 
share by the after-tax effect of dividends and interest associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares. The weighted average number 
of shares used is adjusted for the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to 
dilutive potential ordinary shares.

22. Share based payment arrangements

Share based payments expense

Expense from employee performance rights plan

Expense from employee share plan

Total

2021 
$000

760

176

936

2020 
$000

1,351

-

1,351

22.1. Employee performance rights plan
The Company has established an employee Performance Rights Plan. The objective of the plan is to assist in the recruitment, reward, 
retention, and motivation of employees of Aurelia. The plan is open to eligible executives and employees.

The plan is provided by way of allocation of Performance Rights which carry an entitlement to a share subject to satisfaction of 
performance criteria and/or vesting conditions (as applicable). To the extent performance criteria and/or vesting conditions are satisfied, 
the Performance Rights are taken to have vested and been exercised for no consideration. The number of ordinary shares issued is equal 
to the number of vested Performance Rights is issued. 

Performance Rights are generally granted each year. The performance hurdles are agreed prior to the commencement of a new financial 
year. The hurdles are determined at the discretion of the Board. The test date for each issue of Performance Rights is typically three 
years from the Grant Date. 

136 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)22. Share based payment arrangements (continued)

22.2. Employee share plan
During the year, the Company implemented the Employee Share Plan, which provides eligible employees with an opportunity to acquire 
ordinary shares in the Company, with a grant value of $1,000, potentially on a tax-free basis. In FY21, the plan provided each eligible 
employee with 2,362 fully paid ordinary shares. 

22.3. Summary of movements of performance rights on issue
The following table illustrates the number of, and movements in Performance Rights during the year. All Performance Rights have a zero 
weighted average exercise price.

Refer to the Remuneration Report (section 7.2) for the vesting conditions of the performance rights issued during the year.

Performance rights on issue

Opening balance issued

Granted during the year

Vested during the year

Lapsed during the year

Closing balance issued

Performance Rights

2016 Class 16C 

2018 Class 18A 

2018 Class 18B 

2020 Class 19A 

2020 Class 19B 

2020 Class 19C 

2021 Class FY21

Total

2021 
Number

 8,077,412

 6,305,077

(1,565,201)

(2,293,926)

 10,523,362

2021 
WAEP

-

-

-

-

-

2021 
Number

 - 

 - 

 307,969 

 2,470,720 

 - 

 1,565,201

 6,179,472 

2020 
Number

9,197,171

6,868,177

(6,104,464)

(1,883,472)

8,077,412

2020 
Number

750,000

770,893

613,421

2,812,696

1,565,201

1,565,201

-

 10,523,362

8,077,412

2020 
WAEP

-

-

-

-

-

Unvested

Unvested

Unvested

Unvested

Unvested

Unvested

Unvested

Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the LTIP outcomes for Performance Rights under Class 18B were determined. The movement will 
be displayed in the next reporting period.

22.4. Fair value determination
During the year, the Company issued a total of 6,305,077 performance rights (2020: 6,868,177 rights) under its employee Performance 
Rights plan. 

Each grant under the employee Performance Rights plan will have a fair value calculated under the accounting standards, which is 
calculated as at the date of grant. An independent expert provider is engaged to calculate the estimated fair value of each grant 
using the Monte Carlo simulation method, which is applied in conjunction with assumed probabilities for the achievement of specific 
performance hurdles as define for each grant.

AURELIA METALS 

 137

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)22. Share based payment arrangements 

23. Financial risk management objectives 

(continued)

and policies 

In common with all other businesses, the Company is exposed 
to risks that arise during the course of business and its use of 
financial instruments. This note describes the consolidated 
entity’s objectives, policies, and processes for managing 
those risks and the methods used to measure them. Further 
quantitative information in respect of these risks is presented 
throughout these financial statements.

The Company’s financial instruments consists of: deposits with 
banks, trade and other receivables, listed equity investments, 
derivatives, loans and borrowings, trade and other payables, 
royalty liabilities, lease liabilities and the deferred consideration 
related to the acquisition of the Hera Mine and the Dargues Mine.

The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the 
Company’s risk management objectives and policies, and whilst 
retaining ultimate responsibility for them, it has delegated the 
authority for designing and operating processes that ensure the 
effective implementation of the objectives and policies to the 
Company’s managerial team.

The Company’s risk management policies and practices are 
designed to minimise and reduce risk as far as possible and to 
ensure cash flows are sufficient to:

 — withstand significant changes in cash flow at risk scenarios 

and still meet all financial commitments as and when they fall 
due; and

 — maintain the capacity to fund project development, 

exploration, and acquisition strategies. 

22.5. Recognition and measurement
The Company provides benefits to employees in the form of 
share-based payment transactions, whereby employees render 
services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (‘equity-
settled transactions’).

The cost of these equity-settled transactions with employees 
is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which 
they are granted. The fair value is determined by an external 
independent valuation using the Monte Carlo simulation.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together 
with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which 
the performance conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on 
which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award 
(‘vesting date’).

The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled 
transactions at each reporting date until vesting date reflects:

 — the extent to which the vesting period has expired; and

 — the number of awards that will ultimately vest.

This opinion is formed based on the best available information 
at balance date. No expense is recognised for awards that do not 
ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional 
upon a market condition.

In limited circumstance where the terms of an equity-settled 
award are modified (such as a change of control event, or as 
part of an agreed termination benefit), a minimum expense is 
recognised as if the terms had not been modified. The expense 
recognised reflects any increase in the value of the transaction  
as a result of the modification, as measured at the date  
of modification.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as 
if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense 
not yet recognised for the award is recognised immediately. 
However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award 
and designated as a replacement award on the date that it is 
granted, the cancelled and new award are treated as if they were 
a modification of the original award, as described in the  
previous paragraph.

The dilutive effect, if any, of the outstanding Performance Rights 
is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of 
earnings per share. 

138 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)23. Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)

The Group holds the following financial instruments:

Financial assets

Cash at bank

Trade and other receivables

Restricted cash

Listed equity investments

Derivative financial instruments - hedges 

Balance at year end

Financial liabilities

Interest bearing loans and borrowings 

Trade and other payables

Third party royalty liability 

Lease liabilities

Contingent consideration

Deferred acquisition cost

Derivative financial instruments - hedges

Balance at year end

Financial assets and liabilities

Notes

6

7

7

9

16

13

17

15

17

14

2021 
$000

74,532

17,478

8,604

2,025

2,672

105,311

34,416

47,300

39,165

12,967

4,250

2,018

79

140,195

2020 
$000

79,103

6,768

-

4,787

-

90,658

-

28,682

-

13,535

-

4,796

-

47,013

The Group enters derivative financial instruments (commodity contracts) with financial institutions with investment-grade credit ratings. 
It measures financial instruments, such as derivatives and provisionally priced trade receivables, at fair value at each reporting date.

The Group’s principal financial assets, other than derivatives and provisionally priced trade receivables, comprise other receivables, cash 
and short-term deposits that arise directly from its operations, as well as investments. The Group’s principal financial liabilities other than 
derivatives, comprise interest bearing loans and borrowings, trade and other payables, lease liabilities, third party royalty and deferred 
acquisition royalty.

Accounting policies in respect of these financial assets and liabilities are documented within the relevant notes to the  
financial statements.

Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset, and the net amount is reported in the consolidated statement of financial position if 
there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, to realise 
the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments 

The Group is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations. The primary risks managed using derivative instruments 
are foreign currency risk and commodity price risk. In the current year, the Group implemented hedge accounting whereas in previous 
years derivative commodity contracts were not designated as hedges. 

23.1. Cash flow hedges – commodity price risk
The Group sells gold and base metal concentrate to overseas customers. The volatility in commodity prices led to the decision to enter 
commodity forward contracts. In addition to this, the syndicated loan facility has mandatory gold hedging of a minimum of 20% of the 
Group’s gold production in each 12-month period. At 30 June 2021, the Company had hedged 41,598 oz of gold with monthly maturities 
through to 30 June 2022.

AURELIA METALS 

 139

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)23. Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)
There is an economic relationship between the hedged items and the hedging instruments. The Group tests hedge effectiveness 
periodically.

The hedge ineffectiveness can arise from:

 — differences in the timing of the cash flows of the hedged items and the hedging instrument; and

 — Changes to the forecasted amount of cash flows of hedged items and hedging instrument.

The Group is holding the following gold forward contracts at 30 June 2021:

Total 

Less than 1 
month

1 to 3 months

3 to 6 months

6 to 9 months 

Average Contract price 
(AUD/oz)

Ounces 

41,598

2,442

4,900

2,435

14,700

2,427

11,948

2,422

6,600

9 to 12 
months 

2,382

3,450

23.2. Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the group might encounter difficulty in settling its debts or otherwise meeting its 
obligations related to financial liabilities.

At 30 June 2021, the Company had $36.9 in debt (2020: nil) and held $74.5 million (2020: $79.1 million) of available cash.

23.3. Maturity of financial liabilities
The tables below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities.

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances which are due within 12 months equal their 
carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not significant.

2021

Loans and borrowings 

Lease liabilities

Deferred acquisition costs

Trade and other payables 

Third party royalty liability 

Contingent consideration

<1 Yr 
$000

16,200

 6,810

 1,034

47,300

6,253

5,000

1-2 Yrs
$000

 20,700

 4,384

 804

-

2-3 Yrs
$000

3-4 Yrs
$000

>4 Yrs
$000

-

 2,254

 180

-

-

 264

-

-

-

-

-

-

 5,835 

 5,995 

10,125 

14,018

-

-

-

-

Contracted 
cash flow of 
liability
$000

Carrying 
value of 
liability
$000

 36,900

13,712

 2,018

47,300

42,226

5,000

 36,900

 12,967

 2,018

47,300

39,165

4,250

Total

82,597

31,723

8,429

10,389

14,018

147,156

142,600

There are no contracted cash flow liabilities relating to leases payable in period greater than 5 years.

2020

Lease liabilities

Deferred acquisition costs

Trade and other payables 

Total

<1 Yr 
$000

6,318

2,633

28,682

37,633

1-2 Yrs
$000

2-3 Yrs
$000

3-4 Yrs
$000

3,937

1,120

-

5,057

2,134

643

-

2,777

1,342

419

-

1,761

Contracted 
cash flow of 
liability
$000

Carrying 
value of 
liability
$000

13,953

4,815

28,682

47,450

13,535

4,796

28,682

47,013

>4 Yrs
$000

222

-

-

222

140 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)23. Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)

23.5.2.  Commodity price risk

The Group is affected by the price volatility of certain 
commodities. Price risk relates to the risk that the fair value of 
future cash flows of commodity sales will fluctuate because 
of changes in market prices largely due to supply and demand 
factors for commodities. The Group is exposed to commodity 
price risk related to the sale of gold, lead, zinc, and copper on 
physical prices determined by the market at the time of sale.

Commodity price risk may be managed, from time to time and as 
required and deemed appropriate by the Board, with the use of 
hedging strategies through the purchase of commodity hedge 
contracts. These contracts can establish a minimum commodity 
price denominated in either US$ or A$ over part of the group’s 
future metal production.

The Group’s management has developed and enacted a hedging 
policy focused on the management of commodity risk. At 30 June 
2021 the Group had gold forward contracts for 41,598 ounces 
with an average price of $2,426/oz, as well as 483 tonnes of zinc 
hedged at a price of US$2,854 per tonne and 601 tonnes of lead 
hedged at a price of US$2,175 per tonne.

During the financial year, gold and gold in concentrate sales were 
102,589 ounces (2020: 93,174 ounces). The effect on the income 
statement with an A$50/oz increase/decrease in gold price would 
have resulted in an increase/decrease in profit/loss and equity of 
$4.1 million (2020: $4.7 million).

During the financial year, the company sold concentrate 
containing payable lead of 22,432 tonnes (2020: 18,390 tonnes), 
payable zinc of 18,341 tonnes (2020: 12,783 tonnes) and payable 
copper of 4,356 tonnes (2020: 5,306 tonnes). An increase/
decrease of US$50/t in the price of lead, zinc and copper would 
have resulted in an increase/decrease profit/loss and equity by 
$2.0 million (2020: $2.7 million).

23.4. Credit risk exposures
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer 
or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations and arises principally from the Group’s 
receivables from customers and investment securities. At balance 
date, there were no significant concentrations of credit risk given 
the sound credit worthiness of customers and bank used having 
investment grade credit ratings.

The total trade and other receivables outstanding as at 30 June 
2021 was $17.5 million (2020: $6.8 million). 

No receivables are considered past due or impaired. Cash and 
cash equivalents at 30 June 2021 was $74.5 million  
(2020: $79.1 million). 

23.5. Market risk exposures

23.5.1.  Foreign currency risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash 
flows of an exposure will fluctuate because of changes in foreign 
exchange rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in 
foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the Group’s operating 
activities, including revenue and expenses denominated in a 
foreign currency.

The group considers the effects of foreign currency risk on its 
financial position and financial performance and assesses its 
option to hedge based on current economic conditions and 
available market data.

The Group manages its foreign currency risk by converting 
foreign currency receipts to AUD upon receipt and only 
maintaining a minimal USD balance for foreign currency 
denominated commitments. The foreign currency  
exposure to revenue not converted at time of sale in the period 
to a 5% change in US$ exchange rate was an approximately $0.2 
million (2020: $0.3 million) sensitivity in profit/loss and equity.

The cash balance at year end includes US$2.8 million (2020: 
US$4.4 million) held in US$ bank accounts. An increase/decrease 
in AUD: USD foreign exchange rates of 5% will result in $0.1 
million (2020: $0.3 million) increase/decrease in US$ currency 
bank account balances.

AURELIA METALS 

 141

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)23. Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)

23.5.3.  Interest rate risk

Exposure to interest rate risk arises on financial assets and liabilities recognised at reporting date where a future change in interest rates 
will affect future cash flows or the fair value of fixed rate financial instruments.

An increase/(decrease) in interest rates by 50 basis points will result in a $0.2 million (2020: $0.3 million) increase/(decrease) in the profit 
or loss and equity.

The Group continually analyses its exposure to interest rate risk. Consideration is given to alternative financing options, potential 
renewal of existing positions, alternative investments, and the mix of fixed and variable interest rates.

23.5.4.  Equity price risk

The Group’s listed equity investment in Sky Metals Limited is susceptible to market price risk arising from uncertainties about future 
value of the investment security. An increase /(decrease) of 5% in the share price would result in a $0.1 million (2020: $0.2 million) change 
in the investment. 

23.5.5.  Capital risk management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, to maintain a strong 
capital base to support the Company’s growth objectives and to maximise shareholder value. The Company aims to ensure that it meets 
financial covenants attached to its interest-bearing loans and borrowings that form part of its capital structure requirements. Breaches in 
the financial covenants would permit the bank to immediately call interest-bearing loans and borrowings. There have been no breaches in 
the financial covenants of any interest-bearing loans and borrowings in the current period.

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by the aggregate of equity and net debt. The Group’s net debt 
is calculated as interest-bearing loans and borrowings (excluding lease liabilities) less cash and short-term deposits.

The Company continuously monitors the capital risks of the business by assessing the financial risks and adjusting the capital structure in 
response to changes in those risks. The Company is continually evaluating its sources and uses of capital.

Interest bearing loans and borrowings 

Trade and other payables 

Less: cash at bank 

Net debt/(cash)

Equity

Capital and net debt 

Gearing ratio

Notes

16

13

6

2021 
$000

34,416

47,300

(74,532)

7,184

421,290

428,474

2%

2020 
$000

-

28,682

(79,103)

(50,421)

234,904

184,483

(27%)

Syndicated Facilities Agreement covenants

The Company has an established Environmental Bond Facility which provides for covenants which includes a Cash Cover Ratio,  
a Forward Cover Ratio, and a minimum cash balance. During the year, the Company has complied with and satisfied the  
covenant obligations.

The Group continues to monitor the capital by assessing the financial risks and adjusting the capital structure in response to changes in 
those risks. The Group is continually evaluating its sources and uses of capital. The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital 
requirements.

The Directors consider the carrying values of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in the financial statements approximate 
their fair values.

142 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)23. Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)

23.5.6.  Fair value hierarchy

The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities. The following financial 
instruments are carried at fair value in the statement of financial position and measured at fair value through profit or  
loss or OCI.

2021

Assets

Derivative financial instruments 

Listed equity investments

Liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred acquisition costs

Contingent consideration liability

2020

Assets

Listed equity investments

Liabilities

Deferred acquisition costs

Quoted prices in  
active markets

Significant  
observable inputs

Significant 
unobservable inputs

Level 1
$000

Level 2
$000

Level 3
$000

-

2,025

-

-

-

2,672

-

79

-

-

-

-

-

1,035

4,250

Quoted prices in  
active markets

Significant  
observable inputs

Significant 
unobservable inputs

Level 1
$000

4,787

-

Level 2
$000

-

-

Level 3
$000

-

(4,796)

The techniques and inputs used to value the financial assets and liabilities are as follows:

 — Listed equity investments: Fair value based on quoted market price at 30 June 2021.

 — Deferred acquisition costs: are revalued at each reporting period to fair value by using the discounted cash flow methodology. Inputs 
include forecast gravity gold production applicable to the royalty of 63,174 ounces (2020: 33,026 ounces). Future royalty revenue is 
estimated using an assumed future average gold price of A$2,258/oz (2020: A$2,321/oz). The discount rate used was the two-year 
government bond rate of 0.05% (2020:0.39%).

 — Derivative financial instruments (gold and base metal forward contracts): are marked-to-market value based on spot prices at balance 

date and future delivery prices and volumes, as provided by trade counterparty.

In common with all other businesses, the Company is exposed to risks that arise during the course of business and its use of financial 
instruments. This note describes the consolidated entity’s objectives, policies, and processes for managing those risks and the methods 
used to measure them. Further quantitative information in respect of these risks is presented throughout these financial statements.

AURELIA METALS 

 143

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)24. Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows

Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows used in operating activities:

Net profit after tax

Adjustments for:

Depreciation and amortisation

Acquisition and integration costs 

Fair value adjustment/remeasurement of financial assets and liabilities

Income tax expense net of tax payments 

Exploration and evaluation assets written off

Share based payments

Loss on revaluation of commodity derivatives and foreign exchange differences 

Loss on scrapping of plant and equipment

Interest expense (unwinding of discount)

Changes in assets and liabilities

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Increase in other liabilities

Increase in prepaid borrowing costs 

(Decrease)/increase in provisions

(Increase)/decrease in receivables

Increase in other receivables 

Increase in inventories

Increase in prepayments

2021 
$000

2020 
$000

42,917

29,442

76,927

20,002

(5,472)

4,243

1,002

936

273

(18)

708

18,686

6,252

(2,483)

(869)

(11,896)

(8,604)

(4,669)

(1,292)

56,665

-

(3,887)

1,796

2,600

1,351

14,476

4,143

488

(1,194)

-

-

5,635

517

-

(1,447)

(54)

Net cash flows from operating activities

136,643

110,531

25. Auditors’ remuneration
The auditor of Aurelia Metals Limited is Ernst & Young.

Fees to Ernst & Young (Australia)

Fees for auditing the statutory financial report of the parent covering the Group

Fees for other services 

Business combinations tax advisory and other tax advisory services performed for the consolidated entity

Business combinations financial advisory services performed for the consolidated entity

Tax compliance services performed for the consolidated entity 

Total fees to Ernst & Young (Australia)

There were no other services provided by Ernst & Young other than as disclosed above.

2021 
$000

328

482

429

31

1,270

2020 
$000

556

95

-

78

729

144 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)26. Parent company information
The financial information for the parent entity, Aurelia Metals Limited has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial 
statements except for investment in subsidiaries.

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Issued capital

Reserves

Accumulated losses

Total Shareholders' equity

Loss for the year

Total comprehensive loss for the year

26.1. Commitments
Commitments contracted for at reporting date but not recognised as liabilities are as follows:

Payable not later than 12 months

2021 
$000

 85,382

 204,525

 289,907

 124,786

43,447

 168,233

121,674

 334,659

 13,834

(226,819)

121,674

(58,013)

(60,505)

2020 
$000

99,005

7,346

106,351

78,055

819

78,874

27,477

185,878

10,406

(168,807)

27,477 

(1,340)

(1,340)

Parent
2021
$000

5,630

Parent
2020
$000

-

26.2. Contingent liabilities
The parent company has recognised a contingent liability of $4.25 million related to the contingent consideration component for the 
purchase consideration for the acquisition of Dargues Mine (refer to Note 17 and note 29 for further detail).

27. Commitments and contingencies 

27.1. Capital commitments
The commitments to be undertaken are as follows:

Payable not later than 12 months

2021
$000

31,792

2020
$000

1,299

The increase in the capital commitments is due to significant expenditure related to Federation project and mine sustaining 
commitments for the Dargues Mine and the Peak Mine.

AURELIA METALS 

 145

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)27. Commitments and contingencies (continued)

27.2. Exploration and mining 
The commitments to be undertaken are as follows:

Payable not later than 12 months

The commitments relate to exploration/mining lease minimum annual expenditures.

2021
$000

4,926

2020
$000

4,363

27.3. Guarantees
The Group has a $50 million Credit Facility as part of the Syndicated Facilities Agreement. Under the facility, Letters of Credit with 
an aggregate value of $47.8 million (30 June 2020: $43.1 million) have been drawn consisting of environmental guarantees for the 
Company’s three operating mine sites and its exploration tenements as well as rental bonds.

27.4. Contingent liabilities
The Group has recognised a contingent liability of $4.25 million related to the contingent consideration component for the purchase 
consideration for the acquisition of the Dargues Mine (refer to Note 17 and note 29 for further detail).

28. Related party transactions
Transactions between related parties are on normal commercial terms and conditions no more favourable than those available to other 
parties unless otherwise stated. These have been disclosed on pages 104 and 105 in the Remuneration Report.

28.1. Transactions with other related parties
During the period, the following transactions with related parties occurred:

 — Directors’ fees totalling $106,667 were paid to Lazy 7 Pty Ltd, a company of which Colin Johnstone is a Director (2020: Directors fees 

$160,000, Executive fees for Acting CEO role for the period from 1 July 2019 to 25 November 2019, $284,000);

 — Directors’ fees totalling $25,000 were paid to Kilorin Pty Ltd, a company of which Michael Menzies is a Director  

(2020: Directors fees $100,000, Executive fees $57,000); and

 — Directors’ fees totalling $106,427 were paid to Hollach Services Pty Ltd, a company of which Paul Harris is a Director  

(2020: Directors fees $100,000, Executive fees $55,688).

28.2. Other related party transactions
There were no other related party transactions during the year (2020: nil).

146 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)29. Acquisition of Dargues Mine

Summary of acquisition

On 17 December 2020, the Group acquired 100% of the voting shares of Dargues Mine Pty Ltd from privately held company Diversified 
Minerals Pty Ltd. The operation is located in South - Eastern NSW and consists of an underground mine and a newly constructed 
processing plant which reached nameplate capacity in September 2020. 

Provisional values were disclosed in the interim report as at 31 December 2020, and have been remeasured but still remain provisional at 
30 June 2021. From the date of acquisition to 30 June 2021 Dargues Mine Pty Ltd contributed $32.3 million to group revenue and $14.8 
million to Group profit. If the acquisition of Dargues Mine had taken place at the beginning of the year, Group revenue and profit before 
tax for the 2021 year would have been $462.5 million and $84.3 million, respectively (based on the FY21 financial performance of the 
acquired entities prior to acquisition).

Provisional value
31 December 
2020
$000

Provisional value
30 June 
2021
$000

Note

Cash at bank

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Prepayments

Property, plant and equipment

Mine properties

Exploration assets

Right of use assets 

Deferred Tax Asset

Total Assets 

Trade payables and accruals

Provisions

Lease liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net assets value 

Purchased consideration transferred

Cash consideration, net of estimated net working capital 
adjustment 

Scrip consideration fair value 

Contingent consideration at fair value

Total consideration

10

11

12

5

14

17

372

5,275

2,188 

127

76,139

172,757

-

 6,758 

-

263,616

11,197 

6,433 

6,758 

48,914 

73,302

190,314

162,209

24,000

4,105

190,314

322

2,989

2,452 

104

74,390

170,321

6,698

 6,948 

4,028

268,252

8,469

13,428 

6,948 

48,914 

77,759

190,493

162,387

24,000

4,106

190,493

AURELIA METALS 

 147

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)29. Acquisition of Dargues Mine (continued)
The Contingent consideration requires the Group to issue up 
to a maximum of $5 million in Aurelia ordinary shares based on 
the addition of incremental JORC compliant Mineral Resources 
discovered at Dargues up to 30 June 2022. The consideration 
may be settled in shares. The fair value of the contingent 
consideration at acquisition date is $4.1 million (fair value at 30 
June 2021: $4.25 million) and has been recognised as a financial 
liability (refer to note 17). A Net Working Capital Adjustment has 
been recognised as a receivable at 30 June 2021 (refer to Note 7).

Total acquisition and integration costs of $20.0 million (consisting 
of transaction related costs of $6.7 million and stamp duty 
of $13.3 million) have been expensed and are included in the 
corporate and administrative expenses in the Statement of Profit 
or Loss and are part of operating cash flows in the Statement of 
Cash flows. 

Recognition and measurement

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account  
for all business combinations. Identifiable assets acquired and 
liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a  
business combination are, measured initially at their fair values at 
the acquisition date. Acquisition-related costs are expensed  
as incurred.

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a 
financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are 
subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value 
recognised in profit or loss.

30. New Accounting policies and 

interpretations

30.1. Changes in accounting policy and disclosures

30.1.1. 

 IFRIC agenda decision – Configuration or 
Customisation Costs in a Cloud Computing 
Arrangement

In April 2021, the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) 
published an agenda decision for configuration and 
customisation costs incurred related to a Software as a Service 
(SaaS) arrangement. The Group assessed the impact of the 
decision which resulted in a change in its accounting policy in 
respect of configuration and customization costs in implementing 
SaaS arrangements.

SaaS arrangements are arrangements in which the Group  
does not currently control the underlying software used in  
the arrangement. 

Accounting policy - Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) 
arrangements 

Where costs incurred to configure or customise SaaS 
arrangements result in the creation of a resource which is 
identifiable, and where the company has the power to obtain the 
future economic benefits flowing from the underlying resource 
and to restrict the access of others to those benefits, such costs 
are recognised as a separate intangible software asset and 
amortised over the useful life of the software on a straight-line 
basis. The amortisation is reviewed at least at the end of each 
reporting period and any changes are treated as changes in 
accounting estimates.

Where costs incurred to configure or customise do not result in 
the recognition of an intangible software asset, then those costs 
that provide the Group with a distinct service (in addition to the 
SaaS access) are now recognised as expenses when the supplier 
provides the services. When such costs incurred do not provide 
a distinct service, the costs are now recognised as expenses over 
the duration of the SaaS contract. Previously some costs had 
been capitalised and amortised over its useful life.

Impact of change in accounting policy 

For the current year, costs amounting to $0.4 million that would 
previously have been capitalised (under the previous policy) 
were expensed resulting in the classification as cash flows from 
operating activities in the Statement of Cash flows instead of 
previous classification as cash flows from investing activities. The 
costs capitalised in previous years were not material.

The rest of accounting policies adopted are consistent with those 
followed in the preparation of the Group’s annual consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2021, except for 
the adoption of new standards applicable from 1 July 2020.

The following new accounting pronouncements became effective 
in the current reporting period:

 — amendments to AASB 7, AASB 9 and AASB 139 Interest Rate 

Benchmark Reform; 

 — amendments to AASB 101 and AASB 108 Definition of 

Material; 

 — conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting issued on 29 

March 2018; and

 — amendments to IFRS 16 COVID-19 Related Rent Concessions.

The adoption of these new accounting pronouncements has not 
had a significant impact on the accounting policies, methods of 
computation or presentation applied by  
the Group.

148 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)30. New Accounting policies and interpretations (continued)

30.1.2.  Amendments to AASB 3 Definition of a Business 

The amendment to AASB 3 Business Combinations clarifies that to be considered a business, an integrated set of activities and assets 
must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that, together, significantly contribute to the ability to create output. 
This amendment was considered in the accounting process for the business combination entered during the reporting period.

30.2. Accounting standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective
The following table sets out new Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations that have been issued but are not yet mandatory 
and which have not been early adopted by the Company for the annual reporting period ending 30 June 2021.

Title

Application 
date of 
standard

Application 
date for 
Group

Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current - Amendment to AASB 101

1 January 2023

1 July 2023

Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to AASB 3 

1 January 2022

1 July 2022

Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use – Amendments to AASB 116 

1 January 2022

1 July 2022

Onerous Contracts – Costs of Fulfilling a Contract – Amendments to AASB 137

1 January 2022

1 July 2022

AIP AASB 9 Financial Instruments – Fees in the ’10 per cent’ test for derecognition of financial liabilities 

1 January 2022

1 July 2022

Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – Amendments to AASB 112

1 January 2023

1 July 2023

Definition of Accounting Estimates - Amendments to AASB 108

1 January 2023

1 July 2023

Disclosure of Accounting Policies - Amendments to AASB 101 and IFRS Practice Statement 2

1 January 2023

1 July 2023

The potential effect of the revised Standards/Interpretations on the Group’s financial statements has not yet been determined.

31. COVID-19 Outbreak
The COVID-19 outbreak was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization in March 2020.

As a result of the outbreak, there is additional uncertainty in estimating the impact of the outbreaks near term and longer-term effects 
or Government’s varying efforts to combat the outbreak and support businesses.

This being the case the value of certain assets and liabilities recorded in the Statement of Financial Position determined by reference to 
fair or market values at 30 June 2021 may have changed by the date of this report. 

These include the recoverable amount of quoted investments. 

As at the date of this report, such implications remain ongoing and evolving.

32. Events after the reporting period
The following significant events occurred after 30 June 2021:

 — On 23 July 2021, the Group released its Mineral Resource & Ore Reserves Statement as at 30 June 2021.

There have been no other matters or events that have occurred after 30 June 2021 that have significantly affected or may significantly 
either the Group’s operations or results of those operations of the Group’s state of affairs.

AURELIA METALS 

 149

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)DIRECTORS’  
DECLARATION

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of Aurelia Metals Limited, I state that: 

1. 

In the opinion of the Directors:

a.  The financial statements and notes of the consolidated entity are in accordance with the  

Corporations Act 2001, including:

i)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2021 and of its 

performance for the year ended on that date; and 

ii)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and 

the Corporations Regulations 2001; and

b.  the financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in 

the notes; and

c. 

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as when they become due 
and payable. 

2.  This declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the Directors in accordance 

with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ending 30 June 2021.

On behalf of the Board,

Susan Corlett 
Interim Chairman 

Daniel Clifford 
Managing Director & CEO

24 August 2021 

24 August 2021

150 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

AUDITOR’S REPORT

Ernst & Young 
111 Eagle Street 
Brisbane  QLD  4000 Australia 
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane  QLD  4001 

  Tel: +61 7 3011 3333 
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100 
ey.com/au 

Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of Aurelia Metals Limited 

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report 

Opinion 

We have audited the financial report of Aurelia Metals Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries 
(collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 
2021, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity 
and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to the financial statements, 
including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors' declaration. 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001, including: 

a) 

b) 

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2021 
and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial 
Report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting 
Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants 
(including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in 
Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.  

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Key Audit Matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our 
audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit 
of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter 
is provided in that context. 

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the 
Financial Report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit 
included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material 
misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures 
performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying 
financial report. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

AURELIA METALS 

 151

 
 
 
 
 
 
2 

Carrying value of Mine Properties and Property, Plant and Equipment  

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

At 30 June 2021, the Group’s consolidated  
statement of financial position included $347m  
of Mine Properties and Property, Plant and  
Equipment.    

At the end of each reporting period, the Group 
exercises judgement in determining whether 
there is any indication of impairment of its 
cash-generating units (CGUs) (refer to Note 11 
of the financial statements for the Group’s 
assessment of CGUs). If any such indicators 
exist, the Group estimates the recoverable 
amount of the non-current assets in the 
relevant CGU. 

The Group determined there were: 
►  no indicators of impairment for its Peak 

CGU at 30 June 2021; and 

► 

indicators of impairment for the Hera and 
Dargues CGUs at 30 June 2021 and as 
such performed an impairment 
assessment for these CGU.  

Based on the impairment assessment 
performed for the Hera and Dargues CGUs, no 
impairment was identified at 30 June 2021. 

Changes to key cashflow forecast assumptions, 
such as commodity prices, forecast foreign 
exchange rates and discount rate, or a failure 
to identify impairment indicators could lead 
the Group to incorrectly fail to test the 
recoverable amount of the CGUs or incorrectly 
measure the recoverable amount of a CGU at 
balance date. 

As a result, we considered the impairment 
testing of the Group’s CGUs and the related 
disclosures in the financial report to be a key 
audit matter.  

Our audit procedures included the following: 

►  Assessed whether the Group’s determination 
of CGUs was in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards. 

►  Considered the Group’s process for identifying 

and considering external and internal 
information which may be an indicator of 
impairment and evaluated the completeness 
of the factors identified. 

►  Compared the Group’s market capitalisation 

relative to its net assets. 

► 

For those CGUs for which impairment 
indicators were present: 

►  Assessed whether the valuation 

methodology applied by the Group to 
measure recoverable amount of a CGU 
met the requirements of Australian 
Accounting Standards. 

►  Tested the mathematical accuracy of the 

impairment model.  

► 

Involving our valuation specialists, 
assessed the key cashflow forecast 
assumptions such as commodity price, 
discount rates, inflation rates and 
foreign exchange rates with reference to 
external observable market data. 

►  Compared future production forecasts in 
the impairment models to published 
reserves and resources estimates and 
understood the Group’s reserve 
estimation processes, including 
assessing the qualifications, competence 
and objectivity of the Group’s internal 
experts and the scope and 
appropriateness of their work. 

►  Assessed the operating and capital 

expenditure included in the impairment 
models with reference to approved 
budgets and forecasts and results of the 
current and previous periods.   

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

152 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

►  Performed sensitivity analyses and 

evaluated the effect on the CGUs 
recoverable amount of reasonably 
possible changes in key forecast 
assumptions. 

►  We agreed the carrying amounts subject 
to impairment testing to the financial 
statements and compared this amount to 
the recoverable amount to confirm no 
impairments should be recorded.  

►  Assessed the adequacy of the financial report 
disclosures contained in Note 10 and Note 11 
of the financial report. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

AURELIA METALS 

 153

AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED) 
 
 
 
 
 
4 

Acquisition of Dargues Mine 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

On 17 December 2020 the Group completed the 
acquisition of Dargues Gold Mines Pty Ltd. 

Our audit procedures included the following: 
►  Evaluated the qualifications, competence and 

The accounting for the acquisition was 
considered a key audit matter due to the 
judgment required by the Group in measuring 
the fair values of the following assets and 
liabilities acquired and components of the 
consideration which will be paid in the future: 

►  Property, plant and equipment. 

►  Mine properties. 

►  Rehabilitation provision. 

►  Third party royalty liability, and  

►  Deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

Note 30 to the financial statements discloses the 
acquisition accounting performed by the Group. 

objectivity of the external valuation experts 
used by the Group to determine the fair value of 
mine properties and property plant and 
equipment. 

► 

Involved our rehabilitation specialists in the 
assessment of the fair value assigned to 
rehabilitation provision as follows: 

►  Examined the mine closure plans to 
understand the planned timing and 
rehabilitation strategy. 

►  Assessed the cost estimates used in the 
rehabilitation calculations with reference 
to recent market data and historical mining 
costs. 

►  Tested the mathematical accuracy of the 

rehabilitation net present value 
calculations and assessed the discount rate 
applied. 

► 

► 

Involved our valuation specialists in the 
assessment of the valuation methodology 
applied by the Group’s external experts to 
Property, plant and equipment and Mine 
Properties. 

Involved our taxation specialists in the 
assessment of the tax effects of the acquisition 
accounting. 

►  Considered the classification of the financial 

assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the 
fair value on acquisition. 

►  Considered the assumptions used to calculate 
future consideration payable, including 
consistency with those used to calculate the fair 
value of the identified assets.   

►  Assessed the adequacy of the disclosures in 

relation to the acquisition. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

154 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED) 
 
 
 
 
5 

Information Other than the Financial Report and Auditor’s Report Thereon 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information 
included in the Company’s 2021 Annual Report other than the financial report and our auditor’s report 
thereon. We obtained the Directors’ Report that is to be included in the Annual Report, prior to the date 
of this auditor’s report, and we expect to obtain the remaining sections of the Annual Report after the 
date of this auditor’s report.  

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not and will not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report and 
our related assurance opinion. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or 
our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information obtained prior to the date of this 
auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true 
and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for 
such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial 
report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, 
individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of this financial report. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

AURELIA METALS 

 155

AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED) 
 
 
 
 
6 

As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 

► 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud 
or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence 
that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal 
control. 

►  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures 
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.  

►  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 

estimates and related disclosures made by the directors. 

► 

 Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, 
based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or 
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we 
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report 
to the related disclosures in the financial report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our 
opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s 
report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going 
concern.  

►  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the 

disclosures, and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events in a 
manner that achieves fair presentation. 

►  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or 

business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are responsible 
for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group audit. We remain solely responsible for 
our audit opinion. 

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the 
audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we 
identify during our audit. 

We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements 
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may 
reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate 
threats or safeguards applied. 

From the matters communicated to the directors, we determine those matters that were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial report of the current year and are therefore the key audit 
matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public 
disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should 
not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be 
expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

156 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED) 
 
 
 
7 

Report on the Audit of the Remuneration Report 

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 84 to 107 of the directors' report for the 
year ended 30 June 2021. 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Aurelia Metals Limited for the year ended 30 June 2021, 
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration 
Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian 
Auditing Standards. 

Ernst & Young 

Kellie McKenzie 
Partner 
Brisbane 
24 August 2021 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

AURELIA METALS 

 157

AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNAUDITED PERIODIC CORPORATE 
REPORT VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

1. Purpose

4. Requirements

Aurelia Metal's process for verifying unaudited Periodic 
Corporate Reports is as follows:

 — each Periodic Corporate Report is prepared by, or under the 

supervision of, subject-matter experts;

 — material statements in each Periodic Corporate Report 

are reviewed by the relevant functional heads so that the 
functional head is satisfied that they are accurate, not 
misleading, and meet Aurelia Metals' corporate policy and 
regulatory requirements, and that the Periodic Corporate 
Report contains no Material omissions;

 — information about Aurelia Metals' mineral resources and 

ore reserves are only included in a report if the information 
complies with the ASX Listing Rules;

 — information in a Periodic Corporate Report that relates 

to financial projections, statements as to future financial 
performance or changes to the policy or strategy of Aurelia 
Metals (taken as a whole) must be approved by the Board; 
and

 — each draft Periodic Corporate Report is reviewed by the 
Corporate Affairs Manager, the Chief Financial Officer & 
company Secretary and the Managing Director before  
its release.

5. Procedure status and review

This procedure was approved by the Aurelia Metal's Committee 
on 21 June 2021.

The Audit Committee will review this Procedure as required 
having regard to the changing circumstances of the Company.

We are committed to providing clear, concise, timely and effect 
disclosure in our corporate reports. This Procedure sets out the 
process undertaken by Aurelia Metals to verify the integrity of 
any Periodic Corporate Report we release to the market that is 
not audited or reviewed by an external auditor.

2. Scope

This Procedure applies to Aurelia Metals Limited and all its 
subsidiaries (Aurelia Metals).

This Procedure applies to any Aurelia Metals periodic corporate 
report, including:

 — annual directors' report;

 — annual half yearly financial statements;

 — quarterly activity report;

 — quarterly cash flow report;

 — integrated report;

 — sustainability report; and

 — any similar periodic report prepared for the benefit of 

investors,

provided that the respective report has not been subject to audit 
or review by an external auditor (each a Periodic Corporate 
Report)

This Procedure should be read in conjunction with Aurelia Metals' 
Continuous Disclosure Policy and Shareholder Communications 
Policy.

3. Responsibilities

Aurelia Metals' management has developed practices and 
guidance material so that the Company can satisfy itself that 
our Periodic Corporate Reports are accurate, balanced and 
provide investors with appropriate information to make informed 
investment decisions.

This Procedure is intended to ensure that all applicable laws, 
regulations and company policies have been complied with, 
and that appropriate approvals are obtained before a Periodic 
Corporate Report is released to the Market.

Revision

Date

Change Description

1

21 June 2021

New Procedure — Endorsed by Audit Committee

158 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

COMPETENT PERSONS STATEMENTS

COMPETENT PERSONS STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

Hera and Federation Mineral 
Resource Estimates

Compilation of the drilling database, assay validation and 
geological interpretations for the Hera and Federation Mineral 
Resource Estimates were completed by Adam McKinnon, BSc 
(Hons), PhD, MAusIMM, who is a full-time employee of Aurelia 
Metals Limited. The Hera and Federation Mineral Resource 
Estimates were prepared by Timothy O’Sullivan, BSc (Hons), 
MAusIMM, who is a full-time employee of Aurelia Metals Limited. 
Both Dr McKinnon and Mr O’Sullivan have sufficient experience 
which is relevant to the style of mineralisation and type of 
deposit under consideration and to the activity which they 
are undertaking to qualify as Competent Persons as defined 
in the 2012 Edition of the ‘Australasian Code for Reporting of 
Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves’. Dr 
McKinnon and Mr O’Sullivan consent to the inclusion in this 
report of the matters based on their information in the form and 
context in which it appears.

Hera Ore Reserve Estimate

The Ore Reserve Estimate was compiled by Justin Woodward, 
BEng (Mining), MAusIMM, who is a full-time employee of Aurelia 
Metals Limited. Mr Woodward has sufficient experience which is 
relevant to the style of mineralisation and type of deposit under 
consideration and to the activity for which he is undertaking to 
qualify as Competent Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the 
‘Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral 
Resources and Ore Reserves’. Mr Woodward consents to the 
inclusion in this report of the matters based on their information 
in the form and context in which it appears.

Peak Mineral Resource Estimate 

Compilation of the drilling database, assay validation and 
geological interpretations for the Peak Mineral Resource 
Estimate were completed by Chris Powell, BSc, MAusIMM, 
who is a full-time employee of Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd. The 
Mineral Resource Estimate has been prepared by Mr Powell 
who has sufficient experience which is relevant to the style of 
mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and to 
the activity which he is undertaking to qualify as Competent 
Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the ‘Australasian Code 
for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore 
Reserves’. Mr Powell consents to the inclusion in this report of 
the matters based on their information in the form and context in 
which it appears. 

Peak Ore Reserve Estimate 

The Ore Reserve Estimate was compiled by Justin Woodward, 
BEng (Mining), MAusIMM, who is a full-time employee of Aurelia 
Metals Limited. Mr Woodward has sufficient experience which is 
relevant to the style of mineralisation and type of deposit under 

consideration and to the activity for which he is undertaking to 
qualify as Competent Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the 
‘Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral 
Resources and Ore Reserves’. Mr Woodward consents to the 
inclusion in this report of the matters based on their information 
in the form and context in which it appears.

Dargues Mineral Resource Estimate

Compilation of the drilling database, assay validation and 
geological interpretations for the Dargues Mineral Resource 
Estimate was completed under the supervision of Timothy 
O’Sullivan, BSc (Hons), MAusIMM, who is a full-time employee 
of Aurelia Metals Limited. The Mineral Resource Estimate 
for Dargues was prepared by Mr O’Sullivan. Mr O’Sullivan 
has sufficient experience which is relevant to the style of 
mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and to 
the activity which he is undertaking to qualify as Competent 
Persons as defined in the 2012 Edition of the ‘Australasian Code 
for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore 
Reserves’. Mr O’Sullivan consents to the inclusion in this report of 
the matters based on their information in the form and context in 
which it appears.

Dargues Ore Reserve Estimate

The Ore Reserve Estimate was compiled by Justin Woodward, 
BEng (Mining), MAusIMM, who is a full-time employee of Aurelia 
Metals Limited. Mr Woodward has sufficient experience which is 
relevant to the style of mineralisation and type of deposit under 
consideration and to the activity for which he is undertaking to 
qualify as Competent Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the 
‘Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral 
Resources and Ore Reserves’. Mr Woodward consents to the 
inclusion in this report of the matters based on their information 
in the form and context in which it appears.

Nymagee Mineral Resource Estimate

Compilation of the drilling database, assay validation and 
geological interpretations for the Mineral Resource update 
were completed by Adam McKinnon, BSc (Hons), PhD, MAusIMM, 
who is a full time employee of Aurelia Metals Limited. The 
Mineral Resource Estimate has been prepared by Arnold van 
der Heyden, BSc, MAusIMM (CPGeo), MAIG, who is an employee 
of H&S Consultants Pty Ltd. Both Dr McKinnon and Mr van der 
Heyden have sufficient experience which is relevant to the style 
of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and to 
the activity which they are undertaking to qualify as Competent 
Persons as defined in the 2012 Edition of the ‘Australasian Code 
for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore 
Reserves’. Dr McKinnon and Mr van der Heyden consent to the 
inclusion in this report of the matters based on their information 
in the form and context in which it appears.

AURELIA METALS 

 159

 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Additional ASX Information as at 17 September 2021 

Twenty Largest Shareholders of Ordinary Shares 

Holder Name 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited

Diversified Minerals Pty Ltd

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd 

National Nominees Limited

Brazil Farming Pty Ltd

First Samuel Ltd (ANF ITS MDA Clients A/c)

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd (Agency Lending DRP A/c)

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited (NT-Commonwealth Super Corp A/c)

Federation Mining Pty Ltd

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd (IB Au Noms retail client DRP)

Snowy Mountain Pty Ltd (Mountain Lodge Super A/c)

AEGP Super Pty Ltd (AEGP Superannuation Fund A/c)

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd

Anchorfield PTY Ltd (Brazil Family FNDN A/c)

Jetosea Pty Ltd

Baohua Pty Ltd (Zheng Family A/c)

Netwealth Investments Limited (WRAP Services A/c)

Mr Carl Eric Holt & Mrs Lorraine Holt (Holt Super Fund A/c)

Total

Balance of share register 

Total issued capital 

Shareholding

255,431,177

162,279,879

116,305,558

55,813,954

53,103,593

47,000,892

26,300,000

21,609,496

18,826.487

16,498,055

14,766,625

13,158,648

8,500,000

7,000,000

6,886,717

5,500,000

5,388,841

4,469,499

4,265,005

4,190,000

Issued 
Capital %

20.69

13.14

9.42

4.52

4.30

3.81

2.13

1.75

1.52

1.34

1.20

1.07

0.69

0.57

0.56

0.45

0.44

0.36

0.35

0.34

847,300,426

380,516,442

68.62

31.38

1,234,816,868

100.00

160 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

Distribution of fully paid ordinary shares 

Holding Ranges

1- 1,000

1,001 - 5,000

5,001 - 10,000

10,001 - 100,000

Over 100,000

Totals

Holders

Total Units

% Issued 
Share Capital

494

2,138

1,163

3,506

180,084

6,001,083

9,546,436

130,529,660

717

1,088,559,605

0.01%

0.49%

0.77%

10.57%

88.16%

8,018

1,234,816,868

100.00%

Substantial holders
Substantial Shareholders as disclosed in the substantial holding notices given were as follows:

Holder Name

Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group Inc 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia Limited

Total 

Number of 
Shares

% Issued 
Share Capital

70,846,395

62,949,878

133,796,273

5.74%

 5.10%

10.84%

Unquoted performance Rights 
The only class of unquoted equity securities on issue is Performance Rights. The Performance Rights on issue have been issued under the 
Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan. The number of performance Rights on issue is set out in the table below:

Class

Class 19A

Class 19C

Class FY21

Total

Voting rights

Number of 
holders 

Number of 
Performance 
Rights

5

1

22

2,470,720

1,565,201

6,115,916

10,151,837

Testing dates 

30-06-22

30-11-21

30-06-23

Ordinary shares on issue carry voting rights on a one for one basis. Performance Rights on issue do not carry voting rights.

Unmarketable parcels 

There are 889 holders of less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares based on the closing share price on 17 September 2021  
of $0.31.

Restricted Securities 

A total of 57,379,155 ordinary shares are restricted securities or are subject to voluntary escrow.

AURELIA METALS 

 161

 
SCHEDULE OF TENEMENT INTERESTS

Tenement Name

Location

Holder

EL7447

EL7524

EL7529

Box Creek

Nymagee, 90km south of Cobar, western NSW Defiance Resources Pty Ltd

Barrow

Lyell

25km WNW of Nymagee

Defiance Resources Pty Ltd

20km west of Nymagee

Defiance Resources Pty Ltd

EL4232

Nymagee

Nymagee, 90km south of Cobar, western NSW

EL4458

Nymagee 

Nymagee, 90km south of Cobar, western NSW

Nymagee Resources Pty Ltd 
(Ausmindex Pty Ltd 5%)

Nymagee Resources Pty Ltd 
(Ausmindex Pty Limited 5%)

ML53

ML90

Nymagee Mine Nymage, 90km south of Cobar, western NSW Nymagee Resources Pty Ltd

Nymagee Mine Nymagee, 90km south of Cobar, western NSW Nymagee Resources Pty Ltd

ML5295

Nymagee Mine Nymagee, 90km south of Cobar, western NSW Nymagee Resources Pty Ltd

ML5828

Nymagee Mine Nymagee, 90km south of Cobar, western NSW Nymagee Resources Pty Ltd

PLL847

EL6162

Nymagee Mine Nymagee, 90km south of Cobar, western NSW Nymagee Resources Pty Ltd

Hera

Nymagee, 90km south of Cobar, western NSW Hera Resources Pty Ltd

ML1686

Hera Mine

Nymagee, 90km south of Cobar, western NSW Hera Resources Pty Ltd

Hera Mine 
(Extension)

Nymagee, 90km south of Cobar, western 
NSW. North extension of ML1686

Hera Resources Pty Ltd

Nymagee 
North

15km N of Nymagee, western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

20/02/2024

Margaret Vale

7km NE of Cobar, western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

Narri

25km SE of Cobar, western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

Rookery East

50km SE of Cobar western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

1/03/2023

3/04/2023

5/04/2024

Peak

Cobar, western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

Renewal pending

Kurrajong

15km N of Nymagee, western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

Nymagee East

15km E of Nymagee, western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

Mafeesh

55km S of Cobar, western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

EL5982

Normavale

35km SW of Nymagee, western NSW

EL6127

Rookery South

Cobar-Nymagee, western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd (75%) 
and Zintoba Pty Ltd (25%)

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd (88.2%) 
and Lydail Pty Ltd (11.8%)

24/09/2023

286.0

Central Area

Cobar, western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

27/02/2034

Cobar, western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

28/06/2025

Coronation-
Beechworth

Peak-
Occidental

Cobar, western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

Queen Bee

Cobar, western NSW

MPL854

The Dam

Cobar, western NSW

ML1483

Cobar, western NSW

ML1805

Spains Tank

Cobar, western NSW

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

Peak Gold Mines Pty Ltd

EL6012

Booths 
Reward

20km north of Gundagai, NSW

Big Island Mining Pty Ltd

22/10/2023

EL6548

Eurodux

5km north of Braidwood, NSW

Big Island Mining Pty Ltd

5/04/2023

Booths 
Reward Sth

18km north of Gundagai, NSW

Big Island Mining Pty Ltd

20/05/2022

ML1746

EL8060

EL8523

EL8548

EL6401

EL5933

EL8567

EL7355

EL6149

CML6

CML7

CML8

CML9

EL8373

EL8243

EL8244

EL8372

Gundagai

7km NNW of Gundagai, NSW

Big Island Mining Pty Ltd

Tumut

12km east of Tumut, NSW

Big Island Mining Pty Ltd

Majors Creek

5km south of Braidwood, NSW

Big Island Mining Pty Ltd

ML1675

Dargues Reef

12km SSW of Braidwood, NSW

Big Island Mining Pty Ltd

162 

 ANNUAL REPORT 2021

Expiry date

2/02/2026

3/05/2026

3/05/2026

Renewal pending

Renewal pending

31/12/2026

31/12/2026

31/12/2026

31/12/2026

31/12/2026

26/11/2024

16/05/2034

7/12/2037

22/05/2023

24/06/2027

17/11/2026

29/08/2026

16/09/2033

26/09/2027

29/09/2022

27/01/2029

14/05/2041

7/03/2023

7/03/2023

20/05/2027

12/04/2045

Size 
(km2)

145.0

60.9

8.7

14.5

11.6

0.1

0.3

3.3

0.02

0.1

130.0

13.1

0.6

37.9

46.9

125.7

17.5

277.5

61.2

72.8

14.6

26.2

1.3

11.9

12.5

5.3

0.04

0.5

0.9

11.3

58.8

11.3

22.5

11.2

227.9

3.1

 
COMPANY 
INFORMATION

AURELIA METALS LIMITED
ABN 37 108 476 384

Interim Non-Executive Chairman 
Managing Director & CEO 

DIRECTORS
Susan Corlett 
Daniel Clifford 
Lawrence Conway  Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
Helen Gillies 
Non-Executive Director 
Paul Harris 
Non-Executive Director
Robert Vassie 

COMPANY SECRETARIES
Ian Poole 
Gillian Nairn

REGISTERED OFFICE AND 
PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS
Aurelia Metals Limited 
Level 17, 144 Edward Street, Brisbane QLD 4000 
GPO Box 7, Brisbane QLD 4001

Telephone: (07) 3180 5000 
Email: office@aureliametals.com.au

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING
Aurelia Metals Limited shares are listed on the Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX Code: AMI)

SHARE REGISTER
Automic Group 
Level 5, 126 Phillip Street, Sydney NSW 2000

Investor services: 1300 288 664 
General enquiries: (02) 8072 1400 
Email: hello@automic.com.au

www.automicgroup.com.au

AUDITORS
Ernst & Young 
111 Eagle Street 
Brisbane QLD 4000

WEBSITE
www.aureliametals.com.au

AURELIA METALS 

 163

Level 17, 144 Edward Street, Brisbane QLD 4000

Telephone: (07) 3180 5000 
Email: office@aureliametals.com.au

www.aureliametals.com.au

A
U
R
E
L
I
A
M
E
T
A
L
S
L
T
D
–
2
0
2
1
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T